2020/21 Course Guide Course School Leavers’

Exeter College School Leavers’ Course Guide 2020/21 Course listing Take your pick. We are proud to offer a wide range of courses. For information about the types of qualifications and levels we offer see pages 37-48.

Vocational and technical full time programmes. Make-Up Artistry Level 2 89 Beauty and Spa Therapy Level 3 89 These are work-related qualifications which are studied as single Hairdressing Level 3 89 full time programmes and cannot be combined. See page 43 for full Barbering Level 3 90 information. Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90 Art and Design. Expressive Arts Level 1 51, 81 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services. Art and Design Level 2 51 Caring for Children Level 1 92 Fashion and Textiles Level 3 52 Health and Social Care Level 1 82, 94 Fine Art Level 3 52 Public Services Level 1 83, 93 Graphic Design Level 3 52 Early Years Practitioner Level 2 93 Photography Level 3 53 Health and Social Care Level 2 95 University of the Arts London (UAL) Level 3 55 Public Services Level 2 94 Education and Childcare Level 3 94 Automotive. Health and Social Care Level 3 95 Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Public Services Level 3 94 Light Vehicle Level 1 57 Multi-skilled Body and Paint Level 1 57 Hospitality and Catering. Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing Level 2 57 Catering Craft (and Food Service) Level 1 97 Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle Level 2 58 Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 82, 142 Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle Level 2 58 Professional Cookery Level 1 97 Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Level 1 97 Business. Professional Cookery Level 2 98 Business Level 1 61, 81 Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service) Level 2 98 Business Level 2 61 Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy Level 2 98 Business Level 3 62 Food and Beverage Service Supervision Level 3 99 Construction and the Built Environment. Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) Level 3 99 Brickwork Level 1 64 Information Technology. Carpentry and Joinery Level 1 64 Information Technology Level 1 82, 106 Construction Skills Level 1 65 Information and Creative Technology Painting and Decorating Level 1 64 - Game Development Level 2 107 Plumbing Level 1 65 - Creative Technology Level 2 107 Electrical Installation Level 2 65 - Systems and Networks Level 2 107 Plumbing Level 2 67 IT - Digital Production, Design and Development Level 3 108 Construction and the Built Environment Level 3 67 IT - Game Development Level 3 108 Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning Level 3 67 IT - Creative Technologies Level 3 109 Dance, Drama, Performance and Production. IT - Computing Level 3 109 Expressive Arts Level 1 69, 83 IT - Systems and Networks Level 3 110 Performing Arts Level 2 69 Media and Film. Dance Level 3 71 Digital Media Level 1 81, 121 Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry Level 3 90 Media Production and Technology Level 2 121 Engineering and Aerospace. Creative Media Production and Technology Level 3 121 Engineering Level 2 74 Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism) Level 3 122 Aeronautical Engineering Level 3 74, 75 Music. Engineering Level 3 74 Music Level 2 126 Foundation Learning and Support. (full listing on page 79) Music Level 3 127 Independence Gateway Entry Level 80 Music Technology Level 3 127 Skills Gateway Entry Level 3 80 Progression Gateway Entry Level 3 80 Science. Applied Science (Biomedical/Forensic Science) Level 3 132 GCSE Fast Track Level 2 79 Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry. Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure. Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 1 83, 135 Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector Level 1 87 Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) Level 2 135 Barbering Level 2 87 Sport (Outdoor Adventure) Level 3 135 Beauty Retail Level 2 87 Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science Level 2 136 Beauty Therapy Level 2 88 Sport Level 2 136 Cutting and Styling Services Level 2 88 Sport (Futsal Academy) Level 2 136 Hair Colouring Services Level 2 88

01 Sport Fitness Coaching Level 3 137 Music. Sport – Sport Academy Level 3 138 Music 128 Sport – Futsal Academy Level 3 138 Music (Performance) 128 Sport and Exercise Science Level 3 138 Music Technology (Production) 127 Travel and Tourism. Science. Hospitality and Tourism Level 1 82, 142 Biology 131 Airline Cabin Crew & Aviation Operations on the Ground Level 2 143 Chemistry 131 Travel and Tourism Level 2 142 Computer Science 131 Travel and Tourism (Air Industry path) Level 3 143 Environmental Science 132 Travel and Tourism (Tourism Industry path) Level 3 144 Geology 132 Physics 132 A Level and BTEC equivalents. Sport and Fitness. See pages 43-44 for full information. Physical Education 140 Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course Sport and Exercise Science 140 with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study. Art and Design. International Baccalaureate. Fashion and Textiles 54 This is an internationally recognised qualification, studied full time. For Film and Video 54 full information see pages 111-112. Film Studies 122 Fine Art 55 Apprenticeships. Graphic Communication 55 Full information on pages 145-164. Photography 53 Adult Care Worker 159 3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53 Assistant Accountant 148 Business. Barbering 158 Business 62 Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 151 Dance, Performance and Production. Bricklaying 151 Dance 72 Business 149 Drama and Theatre 72 Business Services 149 Chef de Partie 161 English Language and Literature. Children and Young People’s Workforce 154 Classical Civilisation 77 Clinical Health Support Worker 159 English Language 77 Commis Chef 160 English Literature 77 Civil Engineering 153 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services. Construction 152 Social Care 95 Dental Nursing 160 Humanities. Digital Marketer 149 Early Years Educator 154 Applied Psychology 101 Electrical Installation 151 Economics 118 Engineering Technician 155 Geography 101 Exercise and Fitness 156 Early Modern History 102 Hairdressing 158 Later Modern History 102 Healthcare Support Worker 159 Law 102 Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163 Philosophy 103 Hospitality Supervisor 161 Politics 103 Hospitality Team Member 160 Psychology 103 Human Resources Support 150 Religious Studies 104 Infrastructure Technician 162 Sociology 104 Laboratory Technician 153 Information Technology. Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163 IT 110 Leisure Operations and Management 157 Languages. Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163 French 115 Outdoor Activity Instructor 155 German 115 Painting and Decorating 152 Spanish 114 Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based) 157 Plumbing 152 Mathematics. Software Development Technician 162 Double Mathematics 119 Supporting Teaching and Learning in Physical Education 156 Economics 118 Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 154 Mathematics 119 Team Leader/Supervisor 150 Maths (with Statistics) 119 Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing 164 Media and Film. Warehousing Operative 163 Film and Video 54 Film Studies 122 Media Studies 123

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 02 Open Events.

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites

Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Keep an eye Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm out for our 50th Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm anniversary events taking place over the next year. College Showcase 2020 Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

03 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Welcome.

Thank you for taking the time to read this guide; The masterplan builds on the college’s considerable whether you are a parent, guardian or a young person, multi-million pound investment in outstanding I hope it provides you with the advice, information facilities, including a new Advanced Engineering and support you need to make an informed choice Centre, an Apprenticeship Hub, a dedicated Maths and about what comes next. Science Centre, a new Sports Hall, and a full-size 3G football pitch. We recently opened our new £2.4million I am delighted to report that last year, we celebrated Gym and Dance Studio. The new development features another record-breaking year. Our student outcomes a New York style glass fronted dance studio, as well remained outstanding, but critically, students won as a modern, fully equipped gym with the latest numerous awards and achieved national recognition fitness equipment and two new classroom spaces. in almost every area, with academic subjects In addition, over the summer we created a new art attracting ‘certificates of excellence’ and technical studio and two new cutting edge digital classrooms. learners winning national skills competitions. Our student destinations were spectacular, including A major feature of Exeter College is its pastoral care world leading universities covering almost every and tutorial system. All teaching staff are also tutors, subject. A staggering 76% of early UCAS applications so there is a direct link between a student’s academic received offers at the first attempt for medicine, performance and their wellbeing. Our dedicated and veterinary and dentistry. Outside of the classroom, well-resourced Student Experience Team provides students took part in lots of trips, visits and specialist support to learners, including financial enrichment, with a few highlights including rugby support, wellbeing activities and counselling. Student tours to Japan and Canada and a Humanities Faculty and parent feedback is a key part of our success, trip to Honduras. so I personally oversee the college’s Learner Voice Forum; where learners give feedback about their Exeter College continues to innovate in the college experience directly to me, as Principal and curriculum and due to the reputation of the college, CEO. Over the 2019/20 academic year, we are also the Department for Education has selected us to launching a new ‘Parent Portal’ to add an additional teach the new T Levels as an early adopter. We are communication channel between the college and delighted to be amongst a select group of colleges home. Increasing numbers of young people are and post-16 providers nationwide – and the only one deciding to continue their education at Exeter College in – selected to deliver the new T Levels from due to the range of provision, care, reputation and September 2020. T Levels align with our vision to be the extracurricular opportunities on offer. So, if you an exceptional college as they include a line of sight are interested in joining the Exeter College family to industry, which we see as key for our technical and and, when you finish, forever being an alumni of the applied provision. college, I would urge you to apply early. The three T Levels add to our outstanding range I would like to thank all of the learners who are of curriculum options, including almost 40 A Level featured in this year’s guide. subjects, the International Baccalaureate (IB), Apprenticeships and technical programmes covering a Finally, in 2020 Exeter College celebrates its 50th broad range of levels and subjects. anniversary, as the first tertiary college in the UK – I do hope you will take the opportunity to celebrate Exeter College is one of the top performing colleges with us. in the country, so our staff set high expectations that, in turn, enable our learners to excel, grow I look forward to welcoming new students to the and progress. This also means that Exeter College college in September. is committed to investing in world class facilities. John Laramy Under the Exeter College masterplan, which now has planning permission; the college intends to invest £70 Principal and Chief Executive million into our estate – to meet the ambitions of our learners, the city of Exeter, and the wider region.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 04 College life Your first choice college.

Your future - it’s our priority. It doesn’t have to be daunting. We will help you every step of the way to get the most out of your time at award-winning Exeter College.

Here are just five reasons why we are your first choice college.

Your first choice Ofsted 01. Outstanding college. 03. We’re there for you.

We are nationally recognised as one of the You will have a personal tutor or Skills Officer best, award-winning colleges in the country, who will help you to succeed, both in your with an Ofsted rating of Outstanding (2014). studies and personally. That’s not all - we have a Exeter College is delighted to be one of the first dedicated Student Experience Team, because it providers of T Levels and the only provider in is very important to us that you feel happy and Devon to deliver the new T Levels in September supported throughout your time at college. Our 2020. Our Apprenticeship provision was named Travel Team are also on hand to help you find in 2016 as Times Educational Supplement (TES) the best way to get to us. See page 21 for travel Further Education (FE) Awards Apprenticeship information. Programme of the Year, and Exeter College has been named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) FE College of the Year (2018). 04. Best ever results.

The achievements of our learners are 02. Your future. exceptional. We celebrated our best ever academic results for our A Levels and Everything we do at Exeter College ties in to how International Baccalaureate (IB) in 2019, well in we can help you to get where you want to be. excess of all national averages. A Level students Whether that is going to university or moving far exceeded the national average pass rate with into employment. Your course, our facilities, a massive 99.7% passing their exams; with 30 of enrichment and extracurricular activities are the 36 subjects offered at the college achieving all designed to develop you academically and a 100% pass rate. Vocational/BTEC success rates personally. We also have a dedicated Progression at all levels are consistently above the national and Employability Team who will help you make average. Our specialist teaching staff will help informed decisions about your future. you to reach your potential.

05. Stand out from the crowd.

Whilst success on your course is our priority, we also recognise that there are many ways we can help you to stand out from the crowd and shine as an individual. This is why we offer a vast range of activities and opportunities to enjoy alongside your course. There is something for everyone to get involved with and make new friends.

05 Our exceptional students.

We believe that exceptional teaching This year a total of nine students were recognised at the National BTEC Awards, an event that celebrates and learning begins with exceptional exceptional BTEC students and Apprentices, while staff. Together with our incredibly also shining a light on the inspirational teachers who talented and hard-working students have influenced their learning. they make up our successful and Our students Luke Bearpark and Abbie Densham thriving college community. were crowned Hospitality, Travel and Tourism Student of the Year and Science Student of the Year Here are just some their fantastic accomplishments: respectively. In addition, Bronze Awards were given to the other seven students. Our students recently celebrated amazing A Level Read more stories about our award-winning students results with an astonishing 99.7% pass rate, well on our website at exe-coll.ac.uk/news above the national average of 97.6%. The college’s International Baccalaureate (IB) students also celebrated our best ever year in 2019, with almost a third (32%) of students achieving 40+ points, the college’s highest ever results. 40+ points is This year we held our the equivalent of five A Levels at A/A*. This places first evervocational those students within the top 5-10% of students and technical results in the entire world. celebration, with students and staff joining together to celebrate their achievements under the summer sun.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 06 xxxxxx

Kiri “The support has genuinely been fantastic at college, with subject-specific teachers, Reach Academy staff and various other people all offering help. You definitely feel like college is on your side and is there to support you with whichever decision you end up making. Exeter College has been a life-changer for me. It has been a brilliant place – for so many reasons, obviously for the interesting subjects, but also the social side and how diverse and inclusive it is. Choosing to study at Exeter College was one of the best decisions I have made. It’s been brilliant and successful so far. The staff have been completely supportive - you can tell how dedicated they are to helping you and particularly to progression and social mobility too. It’s been a good bridge between school and university.” Studying Environmental Studies, English Literature and French A Levels Previously studied at Queen Elizabeth’s School, Crediton

STOP PRESS Kiri recently achieved an incredible three A*s at A Level and is progressing on to the University of Oxford to study English and Beginners’ Italian.

07 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Your day.

Life at college may be a little different from what you’re used to at school. Classes are usually smaller and you’ll have the freedom and flexibility to choose from a huge range of subjects which will allow you to focus on what you really enjoy. You’ll be given responsibility for your own learning and studies, but don’t let that worry you - you’ll have a Tutor or Skills Officer and Lecturers to keep you on track every step of the way. Your day will be full with a timetable that will be made up of classes, tutorials, enrichment options and private study time. There are plenty of Learning Resource Centres to use to complete assignments on site, cafés to catch up with friends and enrichment activities to fill your free time. You won’t be short of things to keep you busy and help you to live college life to the full. These are example timetables

A Level Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 9.00 - 10.30 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 1 Study period 10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime 10.45 - 12.00 Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Study period Subject 3 12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime 12.15 - 13.30 Subject 2 Lunch time Extend Subject 2 Lunch time Lunch time 13.30 - 15.00 Lunch time Subject 2 Study period Lunch time Subject 2 15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime 15.15 - 16.30 Study period Subject 1 Study period Subject 3 Subject 1

Vocational and technical full time programmes Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 9.00 - 10.30 Lesson Study period Lesson Study period/Placement Lesson 10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime 10.45 - 12.00 Lesson Study period Lesson Study period/Placement Lesson 12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime 12.15 - 13.30 Lunch time Lunch time Enrichment Lunch time Lunch time 13.30 - 15.00 Lesson Lesson Lunch time Study period/Placement Lesson 15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime 15.15 - 16.30 Study period Lesson Study period Study period/Placement Lesson

International Baccalaureate (IB)

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 9.00 - 10.30 Elective - Higher Science - Higher Maths - Standard Humanities - Higher Elective - Higher 10.30 - 10.45 Breaktime 10.45 - 12.00 Humanities - Higher Maths - Standard Science - Higher Standard - English Study period 12.00 - 12.15 Breaktime 12.15 - 13.30 Standard - English Languages - Standard Lunch time Lunch time Lunch time 13.30 - 14.30 Lunch time Lunch time Study period Languages Study period 14.30 - 15.00 1:1 Tutorial Theory of Knowledge - Standard 15.00 - 15.15 Breaktime 15.15 - 16.30 Study period Study period Elective - Higher Science - Higher Humanities - Higher

Apprenticeship info As an Apprentice, you will be an employee as well as a student. Therefore, you will work a full time job with either day release or block release to attend college. When on day release you will work four days a week, with one day at college that will provide specific skills development sessions in your career area. These will be taught by your Skills Officer who will occasionally come and visit you at work to carry out assessments in a variety of styles - observing you, setting knowledge questions and practical tasks.

08 College life It’s your college.

The Exeter College Students’ Union (ECSU) is run by students for students. As a student you can join the National Union of Students Its aim is to make the college the best (NUS) which has great benefits, place to be and to represent the views including discounts on things of all students at college. like driving lessons, eating out and high street shopping. Join at enrolment, our Freshers’ Fair or It is run by the ECSU Committee who do loads online via the website – of things, from collecting student feedback and www.totum.com representing student views to running events about issues that are important to students.

Lucy “The activities that I have taken part in within the ECSU are endless. I have had fantastic opportunities, including talking to students at events and Learner Voice meetings, holding, organising and helping at events by the ECSU, managing my own charity campaigns, getting directly involved with the college charity and discussing with college staff and the Principal the actions that could be taken in response to student feedback. I have really enjoyed gaining skills through experiences the ECSU has given me.”

ECSU Charity of the Year Officer

9 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Become an ECSU Officer and help to support and represent students at the college

Take part in fundraising for the college charity of the year

Join one of the student groups, such as the LGBT group

Find out more on the ECSU page of our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Life/ECSU

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 10 College life Your opportunities.

We recognise that during your time at college you will want to do more than study, so there are lots of opportunities for you to make new friends, try something new and develop your skills outside of your studies. Our enrichment programme enhances your core programme of study and helps you to enjoy, achieve and make a positive contribution to life at college.

Adventure You could find yourself dancing in New York, stepping back in time in Berlin for your History A Level, or perhaps you’ll take on the Ten Tors challenge. The trips we offer will bring your studies to life and give you fantastic experiences along the way. There are also cross-college trips, such as a ski trip, on offer throughout the year. Compete You can take part in a variety of national events and competitions to really stretch your abilities and shine amongst the best, gaining the recognition you deserve. Our students regularly come top when competing at national level, for example, taking part in WorldSkills competitions and the Model United Nations debates.

11 Outstanding facilities.

The college has received planning permission for a brand new state-of- the-art Digital and Data Hub, paving the way for Exeter College to train future generations of tech-savvy professionals. The new Hub will have the very latest industry- standard software and is part of a wider 20-year masterplan for the development of the college. Students on digital-focused courses will get trained to be experts in a sought-after industry, gaining the skills and knowledge needed to thrive in the workplace. In addition, new campus development plans have recently been approved by Exeter City Council that will see our Hele Road campus transformed over the next 20 years with updated teaching and learning spaces. The overarching £70million masterplan will deliver spectacular new entrance gardens, landscaped courtyards and improved accessibility to the Hele Road site. The first phase of the project is due to start in 2019.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 12 College life All students get access to Office 365 to use at college We recently officially opened a new £2.4million Gym and at home. and New York-style Dance Studio – a world class space. Other recent developments have included a new £3million Advanced Engineering Centre, and a new 3G All students astroturf pitch, both officially opened in 2018. get access Each year our Learner Voice meetings and to Office 365 questionnaires help us improve. Not only that, but each to use at college of our sites provide students with a distinct and friendly and at home. community within the wider college community, so you are bound to find people with similar interests and passions to you. Award winning Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) support students with their studies. WiFi is accessible college wide and each centre is equipped with books, PCs, study desks, journals, DVDs, access to the library catalogue and equipment to support accessibility. The wide range of e-resources (including e-books, e-journals, databases and on demand media) are available 24 hours a day, on or off campus, and specialist software is available in each centre to support specific subject areas. Friendly and supportive staff are always ready to help with enquiries, IT support, information searches, referencing, printing, copying, binding, laminating and scanning. Our cafes are bright, relaxing spaces with internet access and comfy sofas. There is a restaurant or coffee shop at each of our sites where you can buy a tasty selection of hot and cold food and drinks, including Costa Coffee and Lavazza.

This is our newly opened gym and dance studio (see photo, top of page 14), developed as part of our Sports Hall facilities.

13 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk The Centre for Creative Industries is a haven for The Centre for Music and Performance is a hub for our students with a passion for art, theatre, media and music and performing arts students. It has the latest dance. It has a dedicated art gallery, the Yard Gallery, recording and sound equipment and studios. Our fully which showcases the fabulous work of our students. equipped performance theatre allows us to put on There is also a darkroom and photography studio with musicals, plays and dance performances and we have the latest equipment, a fully digital high definition TV purpose built dance and performance rehearsal rooms studio, two Apple Mac suites, a broad range of media with a specialist production arts workshop space. equipment to borrow (including HDV cameras, digital We also have an outdoor amphitheatre. stills and audio equipment) and a shop with stationery basics and art supplies. The centre also houses the college’s radio station, Spark Radio, which features industry standard equipment, allowing students to get a real taste of what it is like to work in radio. Open to all students, it is supported by partners in the local media and offers a fantastic opportunity to learn presentation and production skills and run your own radio shows.

14 Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. College life

The college’s specialist Construction Centre has excellent facilities, including two learning centre suites that run Computer-Aided Design (CAD), and our workshop facilities offer a practical training space for all of the construction and building services courses that we offer from Levels 1 to 4. You will be taught by industry specialists in well equipped and professional surroundings. Aerospace and travel and tourism students use the Training Academy workshops, with access to the latest aviation industry standard tools and equipment and also access to maintenance hangars. Our world class Technology Centre provides aerospace, engineering and automotive students with state of the art equipment and learning spaces. Our CAD design suite includes 25 computers running the latest industry software, and the Computer-Aided Manufacturing (CAM) workshop contains Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machining equipment to give you an understanding of modern automated manufacture. Our £3million Advanced Engineering Centre opened in 2018, creating a UK leading centre of excellence for robotics and virtual welding. The next generation of leaders in engineering are being inspired at the centre, a 780 square metre extension to the Technology Centre. The facility features the largest virtual welding training facility in Europe, with virtual and conventional welding equipment. The welding workshop contains a large augmented reality space alongside welding booths. The centre features eight new, manufacturing- quality robots. There are also five 3D printers that enable rapid prototyping and manufacturing.

15 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Subjects

Exeter College was named national Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Further Education College of the Year in 2018.

Our Maths and Science Centre provides specialist facilities that enhance and enrich those with a passion and talent for maths, science and computing. There are 11 purpose built science laboratories, all designed to the highest specifications to facilitate inspirational and innovative teaching and learning. There is also a forensic science suite including a crime scene area, a large computing lab with breakout work stations, a cafe, study space and central teaching space, as well as six specialist maths teaching rooms. Hospitality and catering students experience the real life rush of a commercial restaurant by working in our very own @34 fine dining restaurant, which is open for business to the public five days per week during term time. Our professional H2B salon and spa facilities, including a new showcase salon Zeal, are open to the public and provide hairdressing and beauty students with the opportunity to perfect their skills in a wide range of treatments on paying clients. Our Tower Building on Hele Road boasts a fully equipped lecture theatre, which is a fantastic learning space and often plays host to visiting speakers and evening events for you to attend.

In 2018, the restaurant was awarded a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

16 College life

We have outstanding sports facilities. There is a sports The Exeter pavilion at our Exwick playing fields, rugby and football Chiefs Rugby Academy Team pitches, including a full size 3G astroturf pitch, tennis facilities, a high specification, purpose built Sports recently represented Hall and well equipped fitness centre. The Sports Hall at a consists of a six badminton court space, two classrooms coveted international and a specialised fully equipped sports therapy room. contest in Japan.

17 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk College life

Central Fitness is our new onsite fitness gym facility for students studying sport or if you are just keen to improve your fitness levels. The gym has excellent equipment, including a range of cardiovascular equipment, a toning zone, free weights area and a spinning room. An annual membership costs £50. Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre (pictured right) is a world class, award-winning centre run in partnership with . It offers a wide range of activities including sailing, canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, caving, orienteering, archery, raft building and team building.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 18 College life

For full information about our locations visit our website Your place. and see page 21 for travel information. TO CREDITON AND TIVERTON

ST DAVID’S STATION

T L W H CT

S

AEH N x V D C M

NORTHERNHAY ST

GH

AEH

Our Laurence Building includes Q a showcase salon TO TOPSHAM SITES Zeal @ Exeter College.

L W Our Maths and Science Centre has state- of-the-art facilities; including 12 purpose- built science labs and student social spaces.

V H The Ted Wragg S T Building includes a dedicated furnished flat for training for independent living.

19 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Key > Hele KeyBuilding > H Ted WraggHele Building W H LaurenceTed Wragg Building L W VictoriaLaurence House Building V L MathsVictoria and Science House Centre S V F SportsMaths Hall and Science Centre N S CentreSports for Music Hall and Performance M N GuildhallCentre Centre for Music and Performance GH M HavenGuildhall Banks Outdoor Centre Education Centre Q GH CentreHaven for Creative Banks Outdoor Industries Education (CCI) CentreC Q ExwickCentre Sports for Pavilion Creative Industries (CCI) X C ExeterExwick College Sports Day NurseryPavilion D X DevonExeter and ExeterCollege Construction Day Nursery Centre F D TechnologyDevon andCentre Exeter Construction Centre E F TowerTechnology Building Centre T E Apprenticeship Hub AEH Clock Tower Accommodation CT

Our Sports Hall now Haven Banks Outdoor Education includes our new gym Centre includes a 22 metre tower and specialist sprung from which you can experience a dance studio! Powerfan free-fall descent! N M GH Q

N M GH Q C

C X

X E Our Technology Centre includes our centre of excellence for robotics, industrial automation, advanced manufacturing and E virtual welding. See page 15 for more information.

M5 Jnct 29 Exwick Sports F Pavilion includes Way our world class, rland community E accessible F

Cumbe Pinhoe Lane Pinhoe 3G pitch. Lane Pinhoe

Our Construction Centre offers industry- standard facilities for all elements of Honiton Road construction training, including painting Sowton Industrial and decorating, carpentry, plumbing, Estate gas installation and brickwork.

OpenOpen Events Events are are held held throughout throughout the the year, year, see see page page 3 for 170 details. for details. 20 22 College life Begin your journey.

If you’re thinking of coming to Exeter College there are many ways to travel to us, and all of our sites are easily accessible by train, bus, bike, car or on foot, depending where you’re travelling from. In fact, over 66% of our students travel from outside of Exeter. To make travel easier we offer an Exeter College subsidised Travel Pass scheme, which you may be eligible for. If you’re 16 or 17 you are also eligible for a National Rail 16-17 Saver card. Which if purchased entitles you to 50% off most rail tickets. For example, if you travel at peak times on trains to and from Newton Abbot every day, with our College Travel Pass scheme you could make an annual saving of over £850 (based on an average daily return of £6). Information is sent out in June by text and email so you will find out everything you need to know about how to get to your place of study before you start college. Visit exe-coll.ac.uk/travel for more information. Bike: We have secure cycle racks at our college sites and bus stops and train stations are never far away. Bus: There are plenty of city and countywide buses to get you to your destination. Plus we have some dedicated buses to collect students travelling from more inaccessible locations. The college also has a subsidised travel scheme with Stagecoach South West. Train: If you catch the train, all college sites are within a short walking distance. City centre sites are all less than a 7 minute walk from either Exeter St Davids Station or Exeter Central Station. Our Construction Centre is only 5 minutes from Digby and Sowton Station and our Technology Centre is 10-15 minutes’ walk from Pinhoe Station. Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre is 11 minutes’ walk from Exeter St Thomas Station.

STOP PRESS From September 2019, there is now a 50% discounted 16-17 railcard covering all routes into the college at any time of the day. Visit 16-17saver.co.uk

21 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Jonah “I come down from North Devon each day - so it’s a long way to go, but it’s definitely worth it and you get used to the early mornings quickly. I have really enjoyed Exeter College. I feel like, instead of it being two years after secondary school, it has been very much two years before university – it’s been good preparation. The support has been very good – my teachers were really nice and settle you in and make you feel relaxed. And it’s all onwards and upwards from here!”

Studying Maths, Physics and Further Maths A Levels Previously studied at

STOP PRESS Jonah achieved an amazing three A*s at A Level and is progressing on to study Mathematics at the University of Cambridge.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 22 Support International college.

We are proud to offer lots of different programmes to How we can support you students from other countries, from official academic Our dedicated International Team have experience of qualifications to experience programmes and full time helping students from all over the world and are happy English courses. During 2018-19 we welcomed over 100 to help you with any questions you might have. We international students from over 23 different countries. realise that international students may need information Our International Team are on hand to ensure we find on a wide variety of subjects, including accommodation, the right course for you and make your study experience qualification comparisons, Tier 4 Visa support and much a successful one. This year, our full time academic more. As an international student, you will have your students have successfully progressed to university, own personal tutor to help you whilst at college, as well including Russell Group universities, Medical School, top as additional English language classes if you would universities abroad and arts universities. like them. There are also plenty of opportunities to get We also offer integration and study abroad experience involved with student activities, such as sports, clubs programmes, allowing students to study up to three and enrichment opportunities, as well as additional subjects of their choice for 18 hours a week, plus six social activities that give you the chance to discover the additional hours of English language lessons. Students south west of England through organised excursions. can study for up to six months and get a real taste of Accommodation is now available for students over the what studying in our college is like, whilst taking part in age of 18, visit our website for further information. social activities and becoming a part of our international student group.

Important information for international students Tier 4 immigration The UK Border Agency recognises us as being a Tier 4 sponsor. This means that we can sponsor students from outside of the EU who want to study with us on a Tier 4 Visa. You can study a range of courses from A Levels, BTEC Diplomas and the International Baccalaureate (IB) to Access Pathways and higher education courses. Once you are offered an unconditional place at college, we will send you a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS). Your CAS will contain a unique number, which you will need when applying for your Tier 4 Visa. European Union students We warmly welcome students from the European Union (EU) and offer a range of study abroad experiences, as well as accredited long term programmes. Currently EU students receive free tuition for full time qualifications, please check our website or contact the International Team for up to date information. We ask all EU applicants who are coming here without their parents to take our student support package. This package allows us monitor and manage your welfare, wellbeing and academic progression while placing you with one of our approved, police checked host families, as well as giving access to additional academic English support, a UK student mentor, bi-weekly welfare For more information visit checks, social activities and a 24 hour emergency telephone exe-coll.ac.uk/international or number. Please contact us for the latest prices. email [email protected]

23 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Guitar “I enjoy studying at Exeter College because the teachers are really friendly, I can talk to them if I have any questions and the international and British students have helped me to improve my English language skills – I have made friends with them too. I would definitely recommend Exeter College.” Studying Biology, Chemistry and Maths AS Levels Previously studied in Thailand

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 24 Support Your student services.

Helping students to feel safe and supported Our Progression and Employability Team are We put the wellbeing and safety of our students first. always available to you to ensure you have all the We have a dedicated Student Experience Team who information, advice and guidance you need to make work closely with personal tutors, lecturers and support the right choices about your future. This could be staff to ensure that learners have the best experience applying for university, an Apprenticeship or starting and get the most out of their time at college. a career. Respect for others is very important to us, so we do not tolerate any form of bullying or discrimination and we welcome and celebrate diversity. All full time students have a personal tutor who will The Wellbeing Team provides a range of different support their academic and personal progress. You will services for your mental health and emotional meet with your personal tutor and they will support wellbeing. The team can provide advice, information your progress and personal development whilst you are and guidance on a range of issues that may be at college. They will work with you to set challenging but concerning you or affecting your learning or achievable goals for your academic work and overall personal life. All students have access to our personal development. Your tutor and our Personal WHAM (Wellbeing, Health, Activity and Motivation) Development programme will equip you with all the service, which offers support with mental health skills and knowledge you’ll need as you progress on to and emotional wellbeing. WHAM is friendly, your next step, wherever and whatever that may be. approachable and available; as well as confidential.

Learning support If you have a specific learning difficulty, physical If you need information, advice or guidance disability or suffer from mental ill health and about financial support, free meals or help with this impacts on your learning, we understand the travel costs then our Bursary Team can help you pressures you may be under. To make sure we fully with this. We are always happy to answer your understand the support you may need at Exeter queries and will support you whenever we can. College, you will have a course interview with the Teaching Team and a Special Educational Needs and Disability (SEND) interview with one of the Learning Support Team. The Support Team will talk through your needs with you so that we have a complete We also have a Child Protection and picture of your needs before you start college. This Safeguarding Team who work across the college is to help you make the best start to college life as to ensure all students are safe and have the possible. Once you start your course, your tutor may support they need. You can contact the team or decide that you need some extra support to help pop into Greystone House (where our services you achieve your full potential. are based) or speak to any member of staff if This support can range from out of class support you are worried about anything or want to talk with study skills to using technology to help with to someone. your studies. If you would like to find out more about how we can help support you, call us on 01392 400439 or email [email protected]

25 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Need childcare? Money matters We think that everyone has the right to further The college has a modern, purpose built nursery education and training. We are committed to next to the Centre for Creative Industries. For more supporting learners to achieve their full potential information contact the nursery on 01392 400534 and may be able to offer financial support to help or visit exe-coll.ac.uk/College/Nursery. If you are students who are experiencing hardship with aged under 20 and are on a further education course, costs associated with college. you can apply to the Government’s Care to Learn Fund for support with your childcare costs - up to a maximum Financial support from the 16-19 Discretionary of £160, per child, per week. To find out more, and to Bursary Fund is available for students with a apply online, please visit gov.uk/care-to-learn household income of less than £23,000. The college can support where cost could be a barrier to accessing education. Please check our website for Apprenticeship info the latest information and to request an application Support for Apprentices form, or contact the Student Welfare Administrators on 01392 400526. Our Apprentices have access to our WHAM (Wellbeing, Health, Activity and Motivation) service, which offers Some learners may be eligible for a bursary of up support with mental health and emotional wellbeing. to £1,200 a year. To check if you are eligible please WHAM is friendly, approachable and available; as contact the Student Welfare Leader on 01392 400447. well as confidential. You will also be given a Training Recruitment Adviser who will help with a job search, Course fees - see our website exe-coll.ac.uk for preparing you for interviews and supporting your next up to date details about any additional fees steps once you have completed your Apprenticeship. relating to your course or programme of study. When you start your Apprenticeship you will then be We are available to chat to at every Open Event provided a Skills Officer who will work with you and - see page 3 for details. your employer throughout your qualification.

Connor “The support has been great, the lecturers will try to assist you at any chance they have if you are stuck with anything. The team in Greystone House are also very good, for example, helping me with reimbursements for travel. Exeter College gave me the opportunity to meet new people when I started my course, as well as the multiple opportunities to take part in industry placements throughout my time at college.” Studying IT Level 3 Extended Diploma Previously studied at

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 26 Support Work ing together.

Information for parents and guardians The safety and wellbeing of learners is our key priority. We focus on providing high quality teaching, learning and tutoring which is underpinned by a range of student support services. We believe that by working in partnership with parents and guardians we have the best opportunity to support the personal development and success of each of our learners.

We will keep in touch with you through our: > Parent Portal Site, which will give you information > Wellbeing or Safeguarding Team, your young on your young person’s timetable, attendance person’s personal tutor, if there are concerns and from where you will be able to access their about their safety, health or wellbeing Progress Reports > Parent/Guardian Newsletters, which give updates > Parent pages on our website, which provide you on events and celebrating student achievement with information, updates, links, term dates and event details We value your support and look forward to working with you. > Progress Evenings, where you can meet your young person’s tutor or subject lecturers to discuss their For further information on the support your young progress person will have access to at college, see pages 25-26 > Personal tutors, who may phone or email if or contact us for further information. there is a concern about your young person’s attendance, punctuality, behaviour, work completion or a serious conduct issue

Apprenticeship info Support for Apprentices Making the transition from school or full time education to employment is an exciting time for all concerned. It could raise a number of questions and we are more than happy to answer any queries you may have. Feel free to phone our Apprenticeship Hotline on 01392 400800, where one of our dedicated Training and Recruitment Advisers are on hand to support you. Apprentices have access to a wide range of college services and all employers are vetted for suitability before they take on a young person as an Apprentice.

27 “All three of my children have had really good support from their tutors during their time at college and have come out with fantastic results. I absolutely recommend Exeter College. It has been a great stepping stone from school to university, preparing Jack them for the future.” “It’s a really helpful environment at Exeter Juliette, parent of Rose and Jack, pictured here College. The teachers are all really supportive celebrating Jack's A Level results. Rose also and give you loads of help and support when recently achieved a brilliant 40 out of 45 points for the International Baccalaureate. it comes to preparing for exams. If I ever needed any assistance then my teachers were always there to guide me along the way. It was very easy to fit in with people and STOP PRESS getting involved in extra activities helped This year the prestigious IB saw the best results in our 20 year history of delivering the programme. me build new friendships with like-minded Almost a third of students (32%) achieved 40+ people.” points. This is the equivalent of five A Levels at A/A*, putting them in the top five to ten per cent Studied Maths, Further Maths and Physics A Levels of students in the entire world. Previously studied at Stover School, Newton Abbot

STOP PRESS Jack achieved a fantastic A*, A and B at A Level and is progressing on to study Physics at University of Exeter.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 28 Support Preparation for your next steps.

We recognise that making the choice about what and reflect on where you are at in preparing for your to study after school is often just the start of your next steps. journey, and where those studies will take you is just as important. Whilst at college you can visit our Progression and Employability Team who will help you make informed We can help you reach your goals or even discover decisions about your future. Our Progression them if you are not sure what you want to do just Team are our College Careers Advisers, able to yet. There are plenty of exciting options to choose offer impartial advice to all students. The team from. You could progress on to another course, coordinates a range of external visitors throughout an Apprenticeship or study with our Centre for the year to include employers, universities, University Level Studies at college. Or you might Apprenticeship providers, gap year and volunteering choose to apply to university or find a job. Whatever opportunities. The team can offer support on your choice is, we will give you support to make your progression at Exeter College, UCAS and university decision. applications, gap year, volunteering, Apprenticeships As a student at Exeter College, we want to support and finding employment. All students are you to succeed in both your studies with us and encouraged to book a 30 minute appointment with your preparation for life after college. To do this, we the team. You can also come along to a lunchtime have created a Personal Development Programme drop in session if you just want to get your personal (PDP). To help you complete your PDP, you will be statement checked or ask a quick question. assigned a Personal Tutor and be placed in a group with like-minded people. Your PDP will be delivered Exeter College’s Medical Society aims to through a combination of group tutorials, 1:1s and prepare students for degrees in Medical some independent learning. The PDP covers a range Science, Veterinary Science and Dentistry. This of essential themes such as your personal safety, extracurricular programme consists of specialised equality, diversity and British Values, health and talks, university visits, pre-interview test wellbeing and citizenship. The programme is also preparation, interview training and an opportunity structured around preparing you for your next to gain work experience at the RD&E Hospital, steps here at college and beyond. Depending on Exeter. The Medical Society is open to all students your plans, the PDP will help you think through your with an interest in medicine or a medical-based options and support you in accessing information career. about careers, university, Apprenticeships and building skills for the workplace. You will have For more information please contact access to a Personal Development Log and be able [email protected] to regularly update your progress to help you record

29 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Alumni. We are very proud of our students and former students. Many thousands of our alumni have gone on to bright futures. We believe that coming to Exeter College is just the start of what is an enduring connection to our very special college. As well as being a place where lives are transformed through the power of education, our college is a place where lifelong friendships are made and memories are formed. For more information, and to read our Alumni and Friends Magazine, visit exe-coll.ac.uk/alumni. Here are just a few of our alumni stories:

Ellis Taylor studied a BTEC in Print-based Media, alongside A Levels in English Language, English Literature and Philosophy. She now lives in London and works for a global marketing agency. She loved her time at Exeter College and says: “The lecturers were always there to help if you needed it, and they really knew their stuff. I loved the freedom that came with study at Exeter College, it always felt like Luke Bearpark graduated from your future was in your own hands; the Flybe Training Academy after you got out what you put in.” completing a Travel and Tourism Diploma and has now secured employment as International Cabin Crew with British Airways. Sharol Mackenzie studied A Level He was also crowned Travel and and BTEC Dance alongside her Tourism student of the year at other subjects and now has a very the National BTEC Awards. See successful career in the industry. more about Travel and Tourism After college she went on to the courses on pages 141-144. Rambert School of Ballet, earning a First-Class Honours degree in Contemporary Dance. This year she appeared in Matthew Bourne’s Romeo and Juliet, premiering in the UK. In 2019 we opened a new Dance Studio, see more on page 13.

Tobias Cowan started his time at Exeter College as an apprentice in Mechanical and Manufacturing Katie Fowler graduated from Engineering with Hepco Motion our Centre for University Level before completing a HNC with Studies this year with a Business us. He recently won the National Management BA degree. She Manufacturing Apprentice of has secured a place on a the Year Award for Make UK and prestigious Graduate Scheme visited the Houses of Parliament with international property for the awards ceremony. company, JLL, with a fully funded Masters. Katie aims to become a Chartered Surveyor after two years.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 30 Apply From school to college in 5 easy steps. 1 2 3 Find out about our Complete your Come to an interview courses by: application form We will invite you for an interview >> Looking at the course, Apply online - it’s really easy where you will discuss your chosen Apprenticeship and college and you will get an immediate course(s) or Apprenticeship with information on our website and acknowledgement email. tutors, plus any extra support you in this guide. In particular, take a Alternatively, you can download and may require. We will then offer you look at the course listing at the print an application form or pick one a conditional place at college. This front of the guide and see pages up from college. If you’re applying may depend on your GCSE or other 35-45 to find your level and the for one of our fabulous academies, exam results, or whether you find best type of qualification for you. fill out their application form(s) an employer if you are applying available on our website as well. for an Apprenticeship. >> Talking to your college adviser, We recommend you apply by the teachers, school careers adviser, end of January 2020 to guarantee parents, our Apprenticeship Team, an early interview. If you’re keen on employers and friends. Apprenticeships and do not have an >> Coming to our Open Events - employer, you’ll also need to apply they’re a great way to get a taste for a full time course as a backup of the college. Events covering all plan. If you have any queries you subjects are on 17th October, 20th can phone us on 01392 400444. November 2019 and 15th January 2020, 5-8pm. All of our sites will be open to view on these dates. Our Construction Centre and Technology Centre will be open for a specialist open event on 14th May 2019, 5-7pm. We also hold our Exeter College Showcase on 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof.

31 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Congratulations - you are on the right path to a brighter future.

4 5 We’ll invite you to enrolment August GCSE results day - We will contact you in early August Thursday 20th August 2020 about your enrolment appointment, If all of your grades are what you which will be between the end of expected - see you at enrolment. August and beginning of September If your grades are not quite what - so remember, don’t book your you expected, don’t panic - ring our holiday then. Please note, this dedicated Results Helpline on 01392 may be slightly different if you’re 400555 to find out if you’re on the choosing an Apprenticeship. right course or what other courses might suit you.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 32 Apply Find out more.

Choosing what to do next can be confusing, Coming to one of our Open Events but we can help with information and advice You can come along to our Open Events to talk to every step of the way. Make sure you read the experts on the different subjects, chat to the pages 35-45 for the details of the different Progression and College Advice Teams, have your types of courses and training available questions answered regarding travel and see our outstanding facilities. The events cover all subjects and the usual entry requirements. and are on 17th October, 20th November 2019 and 15th You can get help and advice by: January 2020, 5-8pm at our city centre sites. We will also hold our Exeter College Showcase on 23rd April 2020, Talking to a college adviser 4-7pm, where you can meet all of our faculties under one roof. Check our website for details. Our dedicated College Advice Team are trained to give you advice and guidance about the college and help you Going online make sense of all the choices. They can talk to you about Our website has lots of information about what to the subject area you are interested in, your long term expect at college and detailed course information. You career goals, what exam grades you expect to get and can also view our photos on Instagram (@exetercollege), all things college related. College Advisers visit schools watch videos about us on YouTube (execollofficial), regularly and also have drop in sessions at college follow us on Twitter (@ExeterCollege) or ‘Like’ our - check with your school tutor or get in touch by Facebook page (ExeterCollege) to find out about what’s calling: 01392 400600 (8.30am-4.30pm) or email happening at college and keep in touch with us. [email protected]. Finding out about Apprenticeships If you are interested in an Apprenticeship, find out more on page 145-164. You can also phone the Exeter College Apprenticeship Hotline for expert advice on 01392 400800.

College Adviser “My role is to help students with their preparations for coming to college.”

Find out more about my role as a College Adviser and how we can help you at exe-coll.ac.uk/1618

33 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk 7 top questions.

1. How do I apply for Exeter College? with a tutor and have the opportunity to ask any questions and we can make sure that you understand You can apply online through our website or download what the course involves. and print a form from the website. Alternatively, pop into one of our receptions to pick up an application For Apprenticeships and some other courses form. we may ask you to do an online assessment so that we can make sure you study at the right level. We 2. What happens if I change my mind about will let you know about this in advance. At the end what to study? of your interview you will be given a college offer confirming the course we are expecting you to You can log back into your online application and take and the grades you will need. change your course or email [email protected] and let one of our team know what you would like to 5. Can I come and look around the college? change to. If it is a major change we may ask you to come in for another interview. You can get advice on You can come and look around the college, meet which courses to study from our College Advice Team. our tutors and see the fantastic facilities at one of our Open Events - see page 3 for dates and further 3. What happens if I don’t get my information about the events. We strongly recommend predicted grades? you attend at least one Open Event. Should you have any queries or concerns before or after these events The most important thing is that you are studying on then you can contact the College Advice Team at cat@ the right course at the right level, so if you do not exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400600. get the grades you were asked for, we will invite you to have a chat with a tutor to look at the options 6. What if I need help with course expenses? available to you. This might mean changing course or taking a lower level course for the first year. We run a The college has a bursary fund for students with lower results helpline at the end of August if you are worried household incomes. This can help with the cost of that you have not got the grades you need. books, equipment or trips for your course. You would need to apply for this through our Student Experience 4. If I apply, will I have an interview? Team before starting college. See page 26 for more information about financial support. Yes, we will contact you soon after you apply with an appointment date and time. You are usually asked to 7. What if I’ve still got questions? bring a recent school report with you and for some courses you may need to bring examples of work Speak to our College Advice Team by phoning you have done - but you will be advised exactly what 01392 400600 or email [email protected]. They are you will need to bring. Interview evenings are held always happy to help and are available all year round. regularly from December. You will have a short chat See page 33 for further information.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 34 Apply Where to start?

You can study at Entry Level, Level 1, 2 or 3 after school. The level you start at depends on your current abilities and school results. You can move your way up through the levels until you have completed Level 3, then you can progress on to higher education at college or university or find employment. See page 29 for information on your next steps after Level 3.

The information on these pages gives you an overview of entry requirements and is a guide to what you may need for the level you are looking at. See 39-40 for the full listing of courses we offer at each level and see pages 145-164 for Apprenticeships. For information on the types of qualifications we offer see pages 35-45. If you need any help making your choice contact our College Advice Team on [email protected] or call 01392 400600. Important information: These are only guidelines. In some circumstances, or where you have extra experience, the course entry requirements may be different. Please ask us. We consider every application on an individual basis and discuss your qualifications at your interview to find the most appropriate course for you. We may have to change our entry requirements through the year and all courses are subject to review. Some courses may be suitable for students over the age of 19, contact us to discuss your options.

Entry Level Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 GCSE Foundation Studies Apprenticeships Vocational and Technical full time programmes A Levels IB Diploma T Levels

35 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk A Levels and BTEC Certificates GCSE grades: A Levels and BTEC Certificates GCSE grades: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above including English Language and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see individual course listings for further information. Types of course: A Levels, BTEC Certificates. LEVEL 3 What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

Vocational and technical full time programmes GCSE grades: Five grade 4s at GCSE including a grade 4 or above in English Language or a good pass with a full Level 2 qualification. For T Levels you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English Language and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

LEVEL 3 Types of course: Vocational and BTEC Diploma Level 3 courses, T Levels or an Advanced Apprenticeship, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ. What next? You can study a higher education course or Apprenticeship at college or university or find a job.

International Baccalaureate (IB) GCSE grades: Eight GCSEs to include at least six at grade 6 or above as well as a grade 6 in English Language and Maths. Some courses require subject specific entry criteria. Please see pages 111-112 for further information.

LEVEL 3 What next? You can progress to university or even consider studying abroad once you complete the International Baccalaureate. You can also move to a higher education course or Apprenticeship here at the college.

GCSE grades: Three grade 3s at GCSE as well as English Language and Maths at grade 3 or above or a Level 1 qualification at merit grade. Types of course: BTEC Level 2, Apprenticeship, GCSE, UAL Diploma, NVQ, VRQ, GCSE Fast Track.

LEVEL 2 What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 3 course or an Advanced Apprenticeship.

GCSE grades: Four grade 2s at GCSE, normally including English Language and Maths at grade 2 or above. Types of course: BTEC Level 1 Diploma, Prince’s Trust, NVQ.

LEVEL 1 What next? You can move on to a vocational or BTEC Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship.

GCSE grades: No formal qualifications. Types of course: Paths 2 Independence/Progression, Vocational Studies, Positive Pathways. LEVEL ENTRY ENTRY What next? You can move on to a Level 1 course or NVQ.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 36 Apply

Full information about levels can be found on pages 37-38 and information about the Courses qualifications we offer is on pages 37-47. by level. For a listing by subject type see pages 01-02.

Entry Level Sport (Futsal Academy) 136 Entry Level and Level 1 qualifications. Level 1 Sport (Outdoor and Adventurous Activities) 135 Sport 136 These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses. Travel and Tourism 142 Brickwork 64 Vehicle Body Repair or Refinishing 57 Business 61, 81 Vehicle Fitting Principles - Light Vehicle 58 Caring for Children 92 Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 58 Carpentry and Joinery 64 Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97 Construction Skills 65 Level 3 vocational and technical full time Level 3 Digital Media 81, 121 programmes. Expressive Arts 81 Art and Design (various routes) 52-52 Health and Social Care 82, 94 Barbering 90 Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142 Beauty and Spa Therapy 89 Independence Gateway 80 Business 62 Information Technology 82, 106 Construction and the Built Environment 67 Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector 87 Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning 67 Multi-skilled Body and Paint 57 Creative Media Production and Technology (Journalism) 122 Painting and Decorating 64 Creative Media Production and Technology 121 Plumbing 65 Education and Childcare 93 Progression Gateway 80 Engineering 74 Public Services 83, 93 Food and Beverage Service Supervision 99 Skills Gateway 80 Hairdressing 89 Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 83, 135 Health and Social Care 95 Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 57 IT - Computing 109 IT - Creative Technologies 109 Level 2 qualifications. Level IT - Digital Production, Design and Development 108 2 IT - Game Development 108 These are studied on their own and not combined with other courses. IT - Systems and Networks 110 Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation Operations on the Ground 143 Music 127 Art and Design 51 Music Technology 127 Barbering 87 Photography 53 Beauty Retail 87 Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science (Personal Trainer) 137 Beauty Therapy 88 Professional Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) 99 Business 61 Public Services 94 Cutting and Styling Services 88 Sport – Futsal Academy 138 Early Years Practitioner 93 Sport – Sport Academy 138 Electrical Installation 65 Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 135 Engineering 74 Sport and Exercise Science 140 Hair Colouring Services 88 Sport Fitness Coaching 137 Health and Social Care 95 Theatrical, Special Effects and Media Make-Up Artistry 90 Information and Creative Technologies Travel and Tourism (Air Industry path) 143 -Creative Technology 107 Travel and Tourism (Tourism Industry path) 144 -Game Development 107 -Systems and Networks 107 Level T Levels. 3 Make-Up Artistry 89 Media Production and Technology 121 Construction: Design, Surveying and Planning 67 Music 126 Education and Childcare 93 Performing and Production Arts 69 IT - Digital Production, Design and Development 108 Physical Activity, Fitness and Exercise Science 136 Plumbing 67 Professional Cookery - Michael Caines Academy 98 Professional Cookery (and Food and Beverage Service) 98 Professional Cookery 98 Public Services 94

37 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level A Levels and other combinable options. 3 Apprenticeships. (pages 145-164)

3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53 3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) 53 Applied Psychology 101 Applied Psychology 101 Biology 131 Biology 131 Business 62 Business 62 Chemistry 131 Classical Civilisation 77 Chemistry 131 Computer Science 131 Classical Civilisation 77 Dance 72 Computer Science 131 Double Mathematics 119 Dance 72 Drama and Theatre 72 Double Mathematics 119 Early Modern History 102 Drama and Theatre 72 Economics 118 Early Modern History 102 English Language 77 Economics 118 English Literature 77 Environmental Science 132 English Language 77 Fashion and Textiles 54 English Literature 77 Film and Video 54 Environmental Science 132 Film Studies 122 Fashion and Textiles 54 Fine Art 55 Film and Video 54 French 115 Film Studies 122 Geography 101 Fine Art 55 Geology 132 French 115 German 115 Graphic Communication 55 Geography 101 IT 110 Geology 132 Later Modern History 102 German 115 Law 102 Graphic Communication 55 Mathematics 119 IT 110 Maths (with Statistics) 119 Later Modern History 102 Media Studies 123 Law 102 Music (Performance) 128 Music 128 Mathematics 119 Music Technology (Production) 127 Maths (with Statistics) 119 Philosophy 103 Media Studies 123 Photography 53 Music (Performance) 128 Physical Education 140 Music 128 Physics 132 Music Technology (Production) 127 Politics 103 Philosophy 103 Psychology 103 Photography 53 Religious Studies 104 Social Care 95 Physical Education 140 Sociology 104 Physics 132 Spanish 114 Politics 103 Sport and Exercise Science 140 Psychology 103 Religious Studies 104 Level Social Care 95 International Baccalaureate. (page 112) 3 Sociology 104 Spanish 114 Sport and Exercise Science 140

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 38 Apply

New GCSE qualifications explained Please note, qualifications are subject to change - please Our College keep checking our website for up to date information. As Advice Team Apply you may be aware a new GCSE grading system has been are available all year introduced. The new GCSEs are graded 9 to 1, with 9 round for help and being the top grade. On the diagram below you can see advice. Contact how this relates to the traditional A*-G grading. The new [email protected] equivalent to a grade C is a 4. This information was taken or call 01392 400600 from Ofqual and was correct at the time of print. Please visit our website for the latest information. GCSE qualifications explained Grading the new GCSEs Grading the new GCSEs Over recent years a GCSE number grading system has New GCSE Grading Structure been introduced. GCSEs are now graded 9 to 1, with 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 u 9 being the top grade. On the diagram (see right) you 4 C can see how these new grades relate to the old A* to and= and G grading. The new equivalent to a grade C, the old above above pass grade, is a 4. A grade 5 covers a high C/low B and A* AB C D E F G u is described as a good pass. A grade 6 covers a high Current GCSE Grading Structure B and 7 is an A. The old A* has been split into 8 and Information was taken from was Ofqual taken and was correct from at time Ofqual of print. and was correct at time of print. 9. Our courses require different GCSE qualifications English and maths – essential for all... are excited by the challenge of developing your skills so please check the entry requirements for the Employers, universities and the government require in English and maths to a very high academic level, you all young people to have a good command and may like to stretch yourself further by getting involved in courses you are considering. It may be useful to have understanding of English and maths. We are committed our extracurricular groups, such as Maths Club. Whatever to supporting you to continually improve these skills, your subject, level of confidence or point of entry, we will a back up plan from our wide range of courses. We whatever level and course you are studying. We have lots do our very best to make sure you reach your potential will discuss your options at interview and enrolment, of additional support on offer to help you to develop in English and maths. your literacy and numeracy skills during your time at Flying Start Exeter College, both inside and outside the classroom. depending upon predicted and actual GCSE grades. If you have not already achieved a grade 4 (or if taken Level 2 and 3 students on full time programmes will find before 2017, a grade C) in GCSE English language and out about our Flying Start assignments at enrolment. maths you will need to continue to work towards These are short pieces of introductory work to help achieving them alongside your other courses. During students get a feel for their new subjects and the type of your first few weeks at college, we will assess your level work expected in their first year. of English and/or maths to decide how we can help you progress and succeed. We offer a range of functional skills and GCSE qualifications in both English and maths and will work with you to find the best route to achieving these core qualifications whilst you are with us. If you

45 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

English and Maths - essential for all... English and Maths and will work with you to find the best route to achieving these core qualifications Employers, universities and the government whilst you are with us. If you are excited by the require all young people to have a good command challenge of developing your skills in English and and understanding of English and Maths. We are Maths alongside an A Level programme, you may like committed to supporting you to continually improve to stretch yourself further by choosing an Extend these skills, whatever level and course you are in Creative Writing or taking a Level 3 Certificate in studying. We have lots of additional support on offer Maths. Whatever your subject, level of confidence or to help you to develop your literacy and numeracy point of entry, we will do our very best to make sure skills during your time at Exeter College, both inside you reach your potential in English and Maths. and outside the classroom. If you have not already achieved a grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Flying Start Maths you will need to continue to work towards achieving them alongside your other courses. During Level 2 and 3 students on full time programmes your first few weeks at college, we will assess your will find out about our Flying Start assignments at level of English and/or Maths to decide how we can enrolment. These are short pieces of introductory help you progress and succeed. We offer a range work to help students get a feel for their new subjects of functional skills and GCSE qualifications in both and the type of work expected in their first year.

39 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Vocational and technical full time programmes.

These can be studied at Level 1, 2 or 3. They are mainly GCSE qualifications may be taken alongside an A Level or assessed through coursework and give a balance vocational programme. We will advise on application or of practical work and theory. They generally don’t interview. involve exams, however there will be some element of external assessment at Level 2 and 3.

Level 1 and Level 2 courses take one year and you can We offer a large range of qualifications. If you need usually progress from these on to the next level. Level any help at all deciding which is best for you contact 3 qualifications usually run for two years and they are our College Advice Team on [email protected] or equivalent to three A Levels. We offer BTEC, T Level call 01392 400600. See pages 1-2 for the full course and UAL qualifications and other vocational courses listing. You can find out more about the application may be called NVQ or VRQ and are practical courses process on pages 31-34. preparing you for the workplace. You can progress from a Level 2 NVQ on to a Level 3 NVQ.

A BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma is studied in the Full information about levels can be found first year and is equivalent to one and a half A Levels. on pages 35-38 and information about the In the second year you progress on to the Extended qualifications we offer is on pages 35-46. Diploma. The full qualification (two years) is equivalent to three A Levels. We do not usually encourage students to take an AS Level course alongside a BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 40

Apply T Levels. What are they? T Levels are a brand new qualification designed to give you a head start towards the future you want. They follow GCSEs and are equivalent to three A Levels. The two year T Level qualification brings classroom and industry placement together on a course designed with employers and businesses. You’ll spend 80% of your time in the classroom and 20% on a 315 hours minimum placement to give you the skills, behaviours and knowledge employers are looking for. Your T Level will help you to step straight into your chosen career, an Apprenticeship, higher technical qualification or a degree. Wherever your future is heading, take it to the nexT-Level. Who are T Levels for? T Levels are ideal for post-GCSE students who want to get into a skilled job. Because T Levels are being developed in collaboration with employers and businesses, students will get the knowledge, skills and experience they need to get the job they want. What subjects are available? The first T Levels are in Construction (see page 67), Digital (see page 108) and We are the only Education and Childcare (see page 93) and will be offered provider in Devon from September 2020 by selected colleges and schools. selected to More subjects will be offered in the years that follow. deliver the new What is different about T Levels? T Levels from T Levels have been developed in collaboration with September 2020 employers and businesses and will provide the skills and knowledge needed to progress to highly skilled James employment, higher level study or Apprenticeship. All “My industry placement allowed me to expand T Levels will include an industry placement with an my skillset, both academically and socially. I had employer so that students can apply their learning in a the opportunity to work directly with clients, real workplace environment. Around 80% of time will be gaining real world experience in a professional spent in the classroom with the remaining 20% being environment. I enjoyed the opportunity I was spent on placement. This differs to an Apprenticeship, given to work directly with the teams relevant to which is typically 80% on-the-job and 20% in the the subject area I was developing skills in at the classroom and more suited to those who feel ready to time and understand their workflow, while gaining enter the workforce at 16. key information that would allow me to progress Can T Levels take you to university? STOP PRESS into the industry.” Yes, they can. T Levels will primarily prepare students The Department of Education recently Studying Level 3 BTEC IT Extended Diploma announced how many UCAS points Previously studied at St James School, Exeter to move into a skilled job but can also lead to T Levels will be worth. Students further technical training, such as higher technical who achieve the very top grade will qualifications, Higher Apprenticeships or a degree if they get UCAS points at the equivalent don’t want to move straight into work. of three A*s at A Level. University admissions service UCAS have stated that a starred distinction at T Level How do I apply? will be worth 168 UCAS points, which Applications for Exeter College open in October for entry is the same as three A*s, with each in September 2020 and we encourage Year 11 students of those being worth 56 points. to apply early in the academic year. This will ensure that See https://www.ucas.com/further- education/post-16-qualifications/ students have their interview prior to GCSE exam time. qualifications-you-can-take/t-levels The entry requirements for all our courses are on the relevant pages in the guide and will be available on our website. Visit us at the next open event to find out more or contact our College Advice Team on 01392 400600 or email [email protected]

41 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Exeter College is offering Additional T Levels from September 2021 T Levels in the following Digital: from September 2020: Digital Support and Services What are they? Digital Business Services >> Digital (page 108) T Levels are a brand new qualification designed to give you a head start towards the future you want. They Construction : follow GCSEs and are equivalent to three A Levels. The two year T Level qualification brings classroom and >> Construction (page 67) Onsite Construction industry placement together on a course designed with employers and businesses. You’ll spend 80% of your Building Services Engineering time in the classroom and 20% on a 315 hours minimum placement to give you the skills, behaviours and >> Childcare (page 93) knowledge employers are looking for. Your T Level will help you to step straight into your chosen career, an Healthcare and Science : Apprenticeship, higher technical qualification or a degree. Wherever your future is heading, take it to the Health nexT-Level. Healthcare Science #TLevels Science Who are T Levels for? T Levels are ideal for post-GCSE students who want to get into a skilled job. Because T Levels are being developed in collaboration with employers and businesses, students will get the knowledge, skills and experience they need to get the job they want. What subjects are available? The first T Levels are in Construction (see page 67), Digital (see page 108) and Education and Childcare (see page 93) and will be offered from September 2020 by selected colleges and schools. More subjects will be offered in the years that follow. What is different about T Levels? T Levels have been developed in collaboration with employers and businesses and will provide the skills and knowledge needed to progress to highly skilled James employment, higher level study or Apprenticeship. All “My industry placement allowed me to expand T Levels will include an industry placement with an my skillset, both academically and socially. I had employer so that students can apply their learning in a the opportunity to work directly with clients, real workplace environment. Around 80% of time will be gaining real world experience in a professional spent in the classroom with the remaining 20% being environment. I enjoyed the opportunity I was spent on placement. This differs to an Apprenticeship, given to work directly with the teams relevant to which is typically 80% on-the-job and 20% in the the subject area I was developing skills in at the classroom and more suited to those who feel ready to time and understand their workflow, while gaining enter the workforce at 16. key information that would allow me to progress Can T Levels take you to university? into the industry.” Yes, they can. T Levels will primarily prepare students Studying Level 3 BTEC IT Extended Diploma Previously studied at St James School, Exeter to move into a skilled job but can also lead to further technical training, such as higher technical qualifications, Higher Apprenticeships or a degree if they don’t want to move straight into work. STOP PRESS James has been offered a scholarship to study a How do I apply? Cyber Security and Network Forensics course at Applications for Exeter College open in October for entry Northumbria University. in September 2020 and we encourage Year 11 students to apply early in the academic year. This will ensure that students have their interview prior to GCSE exam time. The entry requirements for all our courses are on the relevant pages in the guide and will be available on our website. Visit us at the next open event to find out more or contact our College Advice Team on 01392 400600 or email [email protected]

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 42 Apply We are celebrating our best ever set of academic A Level results, see page 6 A Levels. for details.

Plus AS Levels, BTEC Certificates and Extended Certificates. A Levels are ideal if you enjoyed your GCSEs and are ready to move up to the next level. Most students identify three subjects and an Extend option that they are interested in studying and we will offer advice and guidance at interview to ensure that you have chosen the best programme of study for you. Any A Level subject can be combined into the right programme of study. After a year at Exeter College, in the majority of A Level subjects you will receive a standalone AS Level qualification. See the full course information for details of which subjects offer an AS Level in the first year.

Look for this icon on the course pages. This means you can combine that course with other courses with this icon to create a full time programme of study.

Art and Design. English Literature Study a wide variety of texts, covering the major literary Fashion and Textiles genres of poetry, prose and drama. A practical course that will enhance your creative and visual recording skills. Humanities. Film and Video Early Modern History (1485-1799) An ideal course for budding film makers who want to Go back deeper into history and develop an understanding understand the key principles and techniques of the industry. of a range of historic events. Film Studies Economics Study different genres of film whilst also producing your Find out about economic forces and how they shape the world own material. around us. Fine Art Geography A challenging course which encourages students to pursue Study both human and physical geography through a variety individual creative investigations. of topics. Graphic Design Later Modern History (1780-1991) Develop your own designs in traditional and digital media. Learn about major events in the recent past, develop on Photography themes from GCSE. Develop advanced photography skills and express yourself Law as a creative individual. A fascinating insight into what it might be like to study 3-Dimensional Design (Product Design) Law at university. Grow your understanding of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design. Philosophy Business. Gain an introductory knowledge of philosophy as an academic subject. Business Politics A good introduction to a career in business. Gain an understanding of the British political system and Dance, Performance and Production. examine political ideologies and global power. Psychology Dance Develop scientific skills in research methods and analysis and Develop your dance and choreography skills, gain experience the use of theory to develop explanations of individual and of performance and develop your understanding of critical social behaviour. study. Religious Studies Drama and Theatre Gain an insight into some of the key aspects of religion and Combine practical performance with theoretical work. ethical issues in contemporary society. English Language and Literature. Sociology This course gives you knowledge about contemporary society, Classical Civilisation social processes and social change. Study the culture and society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and its impact upon the modern world. Languages. English Language This course focuses on how we communicate across a French This course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on range of contexts. language, culture and society.

43 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk German Listed below are some other options you You will develop your language ability by practising listening, speaking, reading and writing. can combine with A Levels. Spanish BTEC Certificates, Extended Certificate Build on your knowledge and skills acquired at GCSE. and Subsidiary Diplomas. Mathematics. These BTEC courses are treated just like A Levels by universities Economics (they also have points) and it can be a great option to Find out about economic forces and how they shape the combine one with two A Levels. See below for examples of good world around us. combinations. Mathematics >> Applied Psychology Take your mathematical knowledge to the next stage by >> Business studying Pure and Applied Mathematics. >> Dance Double Mathematics >> IT Explore mathematical relationships in far greater depth with >> Music Technology (Production) pure and applied maths, including statistics. >> Music (Performance) Media and Film. >> Social Care >> Sport and Exercise Science Film and Video An ideal course for budding film makers. Film Studies Study different genres of film whilst also producing your Level 3 Certificate. own material. Maths (with Statistics) Media Studies Use maths and statistics to make logical and reasoned Study different forms of media whilst producing your arguments in a variety of contexts. Please note, this is a own material. one year course which can only be taken as a fourth option Music. alongside three A Levels instead of an Extend option. It is an equivalent to an AS Level. See page 119 for details. Music Learn techniques of performance, harmony and composition and gain a historical perspective. Picking a good combination Science. We have included information on each course entry Biology about what other options that course combines well with. Study the subject in great depth to understand biological Common combinations include ones which have similar principles from the biochemistry of the cell to whole topics such as Geography and Environmental Studies or organisms. Photography and Graphic Design. Other courses which work well together are ones which complement each other Chemistry in terms of their approach and skills required, for example, Develop your understanding of the chemical world, what a mix of Maths and Science courses with a Modern drives reactions and how these can be used to build a better Language, or with a Humanities course, such as Sociology society. or History. However, it is important that you choose Computer Science subjects you feel you really enjoy and that will provide you Ideal if you love mathematical analysis, programming and with a basis for your future career. We will support you to want to work in computer science, software engineering or find the best combination of subjects for you. games development. Many students combine two A Levels with one BTEC Environmental Science Certificate option (listed above). A good combination This course is ideal for those who have a keen interest in the would be, for example, Sociology and Biology A Levels sustainability of our planet through an understanding of the with Health and Social Care BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ key scientific principles involved. Extended Certificate. Another common combination Geology might be Business and, for example, German A Level with A culmination of science and physical geography, giving an IT BTEC Certificate/Subsidiary Diploma. understanding of the earth we live on. Some degrees and universities can be highly specific about Physics A Level combinations and grade requirements, so when Explore the fundamental forces and principles which underlie deciding what to pick it is a good idea to check out what the building blocks of the universe. sort of combination might work well for your potential next steps. You are welcome to chat to our College Advice Team Sport and Fitness. (see page 33) for guidance prior to your interview or you Physical can explore options online, for example with the Informed Gain a practical and theoretical introduction to the various Choice website: informedchoices.ac.uk disciplines involved in physical education.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 44 Apply International

Baccalaureate. In 2019, almost a third (32%) of The International Baccalaureate (IB) is an internationally recognised qualification students achieved made up of six subjects, including English, Maths, Science, a modern foreign an amazing 40+ language and an Elective which may be an Arts or Humanities subject, an points out of 45. ab initio language or Chemistry. You also get involved in community projects and write a research-based essay. The course is equivalent to a full A Level programme and involves exams and coursework. See pages 111-112 for more information and entry requirements.

Stand out from the crowd with Extend.

Extend is a unique, exciting and stretching academic Some students will also be involved in a Sports Academy study programme for A Level students, aimed at helping instead of an Extend option. them to maximise their potential. If you are planning Our aim is to provide students with an enriched to study an A Level programme at Exeter College you academic experience, while helping to develop a curious will need to enrol on a four element programme. and questioning mind. Extend will help to prepare This will commonly consist of three core A Levels (or you for your next steps beyond college and develop a combination of two A Levels and a BTEC Extended the types of skills that universities and employers Certificate) and a fourth element, or ‘Extend’ option, are looking for. The opportunities available vary from which can be selected from a wide range of courses, learning a foreign language or exploring Criminology depending on individual interests and potential and Game Design, to furthering your interest in the Arts progression plans beyond college. If you are a high or participating in a Sports Therapy Programme. This is achiever who will thrive with the academic challenges just a taster of what is available, for a full list of activities of studying A Levels, then you may choose an additional please visit our website: exe-coll.ac.uk/extend A Level as the fourth element (subject to GCSE grades).

45 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Other pathways to get you started.

Here at Exeter College we offer three bespoke 12 Positive Pathways week, short courses aimed at young people, aged between 16-25 years old, that are not currently This is a fun, engaging course, delivered two and in education, employment or training. All three a half days a week, for 16-18 year olds designed courses offer the opportunity to take part in positive to help develop confidence, self-esteem and activities with other young people, engage with the teamworking skills. You will learn alongside other community and work towards long term goals, such young people and your group will be set a range as further education courses or employment. There of challenges, projects and activities designed are no grade entry requirements and we run the to help you use and improve current skills and courses at three different points throughout the qualities, as well as develop brand new ones. You academic year. will have the opportunity to engage with and work within the community, fundraise for a chosen If you think you fall into some of the criteria below, charity and work towards chosen targets. these courses might be ideal for you; >> Thinking that because school didn’t go very well or because you have not been in education for Prince’s Trust TEAM Programme a while that you aren’t able to access a college This course is for 16-25 year olds who are looking course? to boost their confidence, ability to work in a > > Undecided about your future options and positive team and have aspirations of continuing further progression opportunities? educational studies or gaining employment. The > > Lacking confidence and in need of help to realise course runs 5 days a week over the 12 week period your potential? and students who complete all elements of the course will work towards a Level 1 Qualification in New Directions Employability, Teamwork and Community Skills. This course is a personal development course Students will have their public transport paid for for 16-18 year olds that is aimed at students who the duration of the course. might find it hard to be in large groups, social situations and are lacking confidence and self- esteem. The programme begins on a one to one basis with the New Directions Tutor, where you will be set targets to work on over the 12 week period and begin working towards a project. This project will be driven by the students’ interests and will Jemma be something that can be completed in college “During New Directions I worked a lot on hours, or at home. my confidence and found it really helpful As the course progresses one-to-one work will working one-to-one initially then progressing develop into paired work, then small group into slightly larger groups. I then progressed work with the other students on the course. onto Positive Pathways and I continued to There will be taught sessions around build my confidence and really came out of self-esteem, confidence and mental health my shell. I have now finished the Prince’s and well-being, as well as team building Trust programme and I have become even activities to help develop confidence. more confident through doing activities like work experience and the Barclays interview process. I have also improved my IT skills.” To find out more about any of our alternative courses please visit our website: exe-coll. ac.uk/1618/Courses/AlternativeCourses

46 Apply Academies.

We are proud to offer a range of inspirational academies. For full information visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies

Sports Academy The Sports Academy provides an opportunity for gifted and talented sports performers to focus on their chosen sport, in a supportive and specialist environment, whilst studying academic or vocational qualifications. The academy has produced sports performers and teams of the highest quality - many of whom have progressed to study at university level or embarked upon successful careers within sport. The Sports Academy benefits from excellent links and partnerships with local organisations including Exeter City FC, Exeter Chiefs, Fitness First, University of Exeter, Tennis and Cricket Centres, Exeter Golf and Country Club, Exeter Mixed Martial Arts Centre and Exwick Tennis Club. Entry criteria: You should gain the required grades and meet the Music Academy entry criteria for your full time college course. Please complete a Sports Academy Player Information Form available from our website, Exeter College Music Academy is a diverse and exciting this should be completed and returned separately to your full time community, centred around our music courses and application form. You will be invited to attend performance trials or based in our Centre for Music and Performance. As meetings to discuss your individual sport and, if selected, you will be asked to make a contribution towards the cost of the Sports Academy. a music student at Exeter College Music Academy Visit exe-coll.ac.uk/16-18/Academies/Sports you will have the opportunity to study an engaging music curriculum through our Level 2 and Level 3 Exeter College Rugby Academy in Partnership courses covering rock, pop, classical and jazz as with Exeter Chiefs well as music technology and production. Taught by industry professionals with many years of experience, Young rugby players have the chance to follow in the stud our courses will provide you with the knowledge and marks of rugby legends, thanks to an exciting partnership skills to progress to the next level – whether this is between Exeter Chiefs and Exeter College. Aspiring rugby moving from Level 2 to Level 3 or onto a music degree, players will get the chance to nurture not only their helping you to develop your overall confidence as a rugby talent, but also receive first class education and musician or to realise your career aspirations within training. The Rugby Academy at Exeter College provides the music industry. You will also have access to a education and rugby training required to support whole host of other benefits such as our enrichment learners to reach the highest level in the sport. The programme, which provides you with the opportunity programme caters for players from 16-18 and 18-20 years. to join our Big Band, Chamber Orchestra, Jazz Project Accommodation is now available for students, visit our etc or taking part in a range of stimulating workshops, website for further information. recitals and industry talks from visiting musicians Entry criteria: For full details on the criteria and selection process, and industry professionals. The Music Academy also visit exe-coll.ac.uk/1618/Academies/Sports supports your essential ongoing instrumental and Michael Caines Academy vocal development by providing heavily subsidised one to one lessons with professional local, national The Michael Caines Academy is one of the most and international working musicians. prestigious hospitality academies in the UK, with alumni working in all aspects of the industry around the Entry criteria: Music Academy entry requirements and resource fees globe. Highly motivated learners work through an intense are set by the individual courses – cross college students accessing programme of study and enrichment, which culminates our enrichment programme can find out about specifics such as sight reading etc at Freshers Fair but otherwise there are no entry in a six week work placement that prepares them for a requirements or fees. Instrumental lessons are subsidised for Music future in the varied and challenging hospitality sector. Academy students only, but cross college students can sign up for the full cost.

47 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Our students wowed audiences with a production of A Midsummers Night’s Dream at the Barnfield Theatre.

Journalism Academy (JAx) Reach Academy Supported by Pearson UK, this academy brings together The Reach Academy, supported by the Met Office, in one place the people, skills, resources and contacts Michelmores LLP and other local businesses, is a unique needed to help you to discover what it means to be a initiative for Exeter College’s most academically gifted journalist. students. The programme encourages you to stretch yourself academically and to aim high in your university This exciting opportunity supports you in getting and career ambitions. You will commit approximately your work published in magazines and international 60 hours over the year to extracurricular activities and websites and broadcast on radio and online. You will experiences that will develop your skills and knowledge learn how to interview, write, broadcast, and to work to benefit your university and job applications. with editors. You’ll be able to build up a publishable portfolio of work, get your voice heard, and attend Entry criteria: You will need to have been predicted to achieve 7-9 in masterclasses with professionals. your GCSEs and show a strong motivation for extracurricular activities. Complete the Reach Academy Application Form available from our Entry criteria: You should complete the application form, personal website. There are limited places on the Reach Academy. Students will statement and an example of work, such as a feature or news story. You be selected based on their academic qualifications and following an will be considered on your reliability, quality of work, organisational skills interview with the Reach Academy co-ordinator. The closing date for and potential as a multimedia journalist. You may also have an interview applications is the last day of February. as part of your application process. There is a small charge for successful applicants per year. Bursaries are available, please ask for details.

Performing Arts Academy The Performing Arts Academy brings together Devon’s industry leading companies, venues and professionals with gifted and talented Exeter College performing arts students. It aims to give dedicated and committed performing arts students a diverse range of career enhancing masterclasses, trips and practical workshops that complement the students’ other courses. The culmination of the academy will be a showcase of work to industry professionals. The ethos behind the Performing Arts Academy is to stretch and challenge students who have a serious and genuine ambition to work within the performing arts industry.

Entry criteria: The Performing Arts Academy is open to any first or second year student that is studying a performing arts related course and has gained a GCSE grade 4 or above in both English/Maths. Entry is via application, audition and interview. For successful candidates offered a place, there will be a one off academy fee of £200. This includes all sessions and trips.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 48 Art and Design Art and Design.

Based in the Centre for Creative Industries you will have the opportunity to express your ideas through a range of media, specialise in your favourite subject and meet lots of other creative students. You’ll also get the chance to use our workshops, studios and our dedicated learning centre, as well as exhibit your work in our gallery and annual Arts Festival. Progress to the of Art The Exeter School of Art offers a range of foundation degree courses, as well as the University of the Arts (UAL) Diploma in Art and Design (Foundation Studies). The foundation degrees on offer at the Exeter School of Art include Film and TV Production, Fine Art, Graphic Communication, Journalism and Photography. For more information about the progression opportunities at the Exeter School of Art, please see: www.exeterschoolofart.co.uk

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

49 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Nisha “I chose to stay at Exeter College to study the Foundation Diploma because I completed my A Levels here and thought that it was an amazing environment, with great equipment. Staff are really friendly and helpful at the college. It’s all been amazing – really supportive. I was previously studying Textiles, Fine Art and English Literature A Levels which I really enjoyed. I also have absolutely loved my current course, partly because it has completely changed the direction I thought I was going in because I wasn’t really planning to go to university but now I am. I have recently been working on my final major project – I was focusing on the unconscious and dream states, making plaster pillows with imprints in as an installation piece. I am planning to go to Goldsmiths in London to study Fine Art. Currently my goal after that is to practice art psychotherapy, following a masters in that.” Studying Art and Design Foundation Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at Clyst Vale Community College

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 50 Art and Design Level 3 Level Level Extended Expressive Arts 1 Art and Design 2 Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Level 2 Diploma (UAL) Art and Design Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year We offer four Extended This course offers you a broad-based This course is for you if you are Diplomas in Art and Design: introduction into Art, Design and interested in, good at, and perhaps > Fine Art Performing Arts. If working within considering a career in, art and design. these fields appeals, this vocational This course will help you to develop > Graphic Design course will be a good choice for you. It your art and design skills, as well as > Photography will help you develop the basic skills, building your study skills in preparation knowledge and qualities you need to for progression to Level 3. > Fashion and Textiles progress. You will: Each Extended Diploma You will: >> Spend your time working on a (detailed on the next two pages) > Learn different ways of using various variety of practical projects, is equivalent to three A Levels, 2D art materials investigating a wide range of full time and two years in > Develop your practical creative skills materials and techniques in both length. The Extended Diploma is 2D and 3D disciplines > Take part in theatre trips intended for those students who >> Study the work of other artists and > Be able to go on a week’s work are committed to visual arts in designers, supported by written and experience whatever form, and want to make practical work > Improve your ability in English and a career in it. It will help you to >> Enhance your research skills through Maths build a portfolio for a university trips to galleries, museums and place or apply directly for a job > Learn how to create your own specialist workshops storyboard and script based on a in the industry. >> Develop a personal portfolio, play you have seen culminating in exhibiting your > Work with others in a team to work at the Summer Show showcase your arts or performing arts skills You will be required to meet deadlines, work independently and > Plan and market an exhibition of have enthusiasm for the arts. Your your work - either art or performing coursework will be assessed regularly. arts based There are no exams for this course. You will be assessed by assignments Choose this course if… you see yourself and coursework, with tests for English as a creative individual and enjoy and Maths. making art. Choose this course if... you want to Next steps: When you complete this develop the skills to go onto a course course you could progress to a Level 3 that will lead you into the Art or course or a Level 3 Apprenticeship. Performing Arts industry. This course is also a great choice if you want to Standard entry requirements: You will develop your confidence and ability need five GCSEs (or equivalent) at grade to work with others in a practical 3 or above (including English Language environment. and Maths). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be Next steps: On successful completion required to study for this alongside your of this course you may be able to course. progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Some students choose Subject specific entry requirements or to seek employment. recommendations: GCSE Art and Design at grade 3 or above. You should have Standard entry requirements: Minimum an interest in, and be committed to, of a grade 2 in English Language and studying art and design. You will have to Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 present a portfolio at your interview. in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important.

51 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Fashion and Textiles 3 Fine Art 3 Graphic Design 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL)

Fashion and Textiles is a vibrant area Fine Art is the course where you Graphic design is everywhere - posters of the visual arts where a keen eye for make images, paintings, sculptures, websites, packaging, illustrations and detail, colour, texture and pattern, as installations, drawings, and photographs billboards, amongst others, are all trying well as very good planning and craft because you want to explore an idea for to tell us something, to communicate skills, are a must and need to be driven yourself, rather than work to someone with us. As varied as the work is, by a sharp sense of what is currently else’s. Good drawing skills are demanded. there are fundamentals that need to going on out there in the real world. An inquisitive mind and a willingness to be learned in terms of colour, shape, explore the visual world are a must. layout, typography, computer software You will: and working to briefs. >> Be introduced, in the first term, to You will: various art and design practices, >> Be introduced, in the first term, You will: alongside other students on different to various art and design practices >> Learn about various art and design Extended Diploma programmes alongside other students on different practices alongside other students >> Be taught a range of techniques Extended Diploma programmes on different Extended Diploma and processes in our fully equipped >> Be taught a range of techniques programmes Fashion and Textile studios and processes in our fully equipped >> Be taught a range of techniques >> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio Fine Art studios and processes work alongside developing an >> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio >> Enjoy a balance of practical/studio understanding of design theories work alongside developing an work alongside developing an and commercial practices understanding of design theories understanding of design theories >> Visit galleries, including an optional and commercial practices and commercial practices residential visit abroad to locations >> Visit galleries, including an optional >> Visit galleries, including an optional such as Florence, Venice or Berlin residential visit abroad to locations residential visit abroad to locations >> Define your individual style and build such as Florence, Venice or Berlin such as Florence, Venice or Berlin up a strong portfolio of work >> Define your individual style and build >> Define your individual style and up a strong portfolio of work build up a strong portfolio of work Your work will be assessed at the end of each year. You will take part in a final Your work will be assessed at the end Your work will be assessed at the end exhibition to celebrate your work. of each year. You will take part in a final of each year. You will take part in a final exhibition to celebrate your work. exhibition to celebrate your work. Choose this course if… you enjoy the process of designing and making Choose this course if… you are passionate Choose this course if… you are creative, garments or textiles work, and are about the arts and see yourself working enjoy problem solving and are curious passionate about fashion and textiles. in the creative industries, including about the visual world we live in. graphic design, animation, teaching, Next steps: You could progress Next steps: You could progress architecture or interior design. to specialist courses at Exeter College, to specialist courses at Exeter College, including a Foundation Diploma in Next steps: You could progress to including a Foundation Diploma in Art Art and Design and then one of our specialist courses at Exeter College, and Design or onto a Foundation Degree. Foundation Degrees. including a Foundation Diploma in Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 Art and Design and then one of our Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required could begin your career in illustration, a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. photography, fine art, animation, web to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade design. This is the preferred progression Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 route for top arts universities. 4 or above and three GCSEs at grade 3 or above. or above. Standard entry requirements: You will Subject specific entry requirements need five GCSEs (or equivalent) at grade Subject specific entry requirements or or recommendations: You should have 4 or above (including English Language recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest and Maths) and three GCSEs at grade 3 Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design or above. in and commitment to art and design. and you will have to present a portfolio You will have to present a portfolio of Subject specific entry requirements or of artwork at your interview. artwork at your interview. recommendations: You should have Art at grade 6 or above and an interest in, and commitment to, art and design. You will have to present a portfolio of artwork at your interview.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 52 Art and Design

Level Level Level Photography 3 3-Dimensional 3 Photography 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Design (Product Design) - Art and Design AS/A Level AS/A Level If you are serious about a career in Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years photography, this specialist course is perfect for you. The emphasis of the course is your development as This course will grow your understanding This is a great course if you wish to a photographer, but we’ll also teach of 3-Dimensional (3D) art and design. develop advanced photography skills, you about editing, picture layout, You will develop your capacity to design learn to understand new media and photojournalism and the commercial and make products, produce outcomes express yourself as a creative individual. and appreciate the complex relationship aspects of a career in the creative You will: between design and materials. The focus industries. >> Be taught a range of techniques of the course is on aesthetics of design combining traditional and digital You will: that include sculpture, architecture and photography, images without lenses, >> Be doing photography from the day product design. you start to the day you finish and electronic and traditional You will: sketchbook compilation >> Be taught a range of techniques >> Develop creative solutions to design and processes in our fully equipped >> Have access to full studio facilities, problems through independent darkrooms and photographic studios black and white and colour thinking and practical exploration darkrooms and Photoshop suites >> Enjoy a balance of a practical/ of process and materials studio work alongside developing >> Experience individual tutorial >> Understand the key characteristics an understanding of photographic support to help develop your of materials and processes and theories and commercial practices personal style how to utilise these through hands >> Visit galleries and exhibitions and >> Visit galleries, including an optional on experience residential visit abroad to locations benefit from visiting speakers >> Develop knowledge and such as Florence, Venice or Berlin understanding of the broader issues You will be required to produce a >> Define your individual style and build for artists and designers, such as portfolio of coursework, and complete up a strong portfolio of work environmental sustainability of an externally set assignment, for each level of the qualification. This course is fully independent. Your products and their manufacture work will be assessed at the end of >> Learn to work with materials Choose this course if… you love each year. You will take part in a final including ceramics, plastics, plaster, taking photographs and getting out exhibition to celebrate your work. metal, glass and wood and also use and observing the world. a 3D printer Choose this course if… you enjoy ordering Next steps: You could progress the visual world through a lens and want >> Develop a personal artistic/design on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and to develop your unique style. vision Design or a Photography Foundation Degree, both here at Exeter College. Next steps: You could progress to Assessment is by coursework and You can progress to study professional specialist courses at Exeter College, examinations. or fine art photography at university or including a Foundation Diploma in Choose this course if… you enjoy problem begin your photographic career. Art and Design and then one of our solving, working in a variety of materials Foundation Degrees. Alternatively, you and exploring the wider arts. Standard entry requirements: Eight could begin your career in photography. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including Next steps: Career possibilities include: English Language and Maths). Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in product design, architecture, interior English Language. If you don’t have a grade design including a Foundation or Degree Subject specific entry requirements or 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for course. 3D design also feeds into careers recommendations: Grade 4 or above in this alongside your course. Plus, you will around ecology and sustainability GCSE Art or a related subject, such as need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and through developing an understanding of media or graphic products. If this has three GCSEs at grade 3 or above. consumer and lifestyle awareness. not been achieved, then a project can be undertaken to demonstrate your Subject specific entry requirements or Standard entry requirements: You will suitability for the course. recommendations: Grade 6 or above in need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, Art. You should have an interest in, and including English Language and Maths. This course can be combined with commitment to, art and design. You will others (see pages 43-44) and goes well need a portfolio for interview. Subject specific entry requirements or with most other courses, especially Film recommendations: Grade 4 or above in Studies, Media Studies and Graphics. GCSE Art or Design Technology. This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and would be a good choice with one other creative subject or to complement academic A Level subjects.

53 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Fashion and Textiles 3 Film and Video 3 Film Studies 3 - Art and Design - Art and Design AS/A Level Duration: 2 years A Level AS/A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This practical course will enhance your Are you a budding creative film maker? What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas creative and visual recording skills If so, then this course offers an excellent have in common? They all studied films and prepare you for a career in the career start. before they started making them. This fashion and textile industry. You will course allows you to study different You will: be encouraged to develop your own genres of film whilst also producing >> Experiment with different film styles in individual interests. your own material. a professional standard HD TV studio You will: >> Learn how to analyse films in You will: >> Study numerous techniques and Hollywood and art-cinema forms, and >> Deepen your appreciation of cinema skills, including pattern cutting, apply these ideas to your own work and understanding of the historical, printing and hand and machine political and cultural context of films >> Work with musicians, actors, artists embroidery and local arts organisations such as >> Study contemporary Hollywood and >> Develop practical textile skills and Royal Albert Memorial Museum British film, world cinema and the independent, creative thinking and Exeter Phoenix ‘classics’ through theme based projects >> Visit centres of excellence such as >> Have the opportunity to go on the and research the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter New York media trip >> Take part in annual fashion shows, World and We The Curious, Bristol >> Critically analyse film extracts including working with external >> Develop your own screenplays partners such as National Trust Your work will be assessed informally, - Killerton House, Princesshay with your final grade set by an externally >> Use industry standard equipment, Fashion Shows and the Royal moderated assignment and the including HD equipment and Albert Memorial Museum assessment of one unit of coursework. Final Cut Pro >> Visit exhibitions in London to Choose this course if… you want to find Assessment is by coursework and experience the work of others, both your own style as a creative film maker. examination. contemporary and historical Many film and digital art students have Choose this course if… you enjoy gone on to win or be shortlisted for Your work will be assessed informally studying, watching and writing about regional, national and international throughout the course. Your final grade films from different time periods short film competitions, which you is determined by an external moderator, alongside creating your own film based will be encouraged to take part in end of course assessment of the portfolio productions. throughout the course. unit and an externally set assignment Next steps: You could progress onto unit. Next steps: You could progress university level study in film/media on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Choose this course if… you enjoy theoretical or practical courses or you Design or a Photography Foundation exploring new processes, designing may wish to consider Exeter College’s Degree, both here at Exeter College. garments and are passionate about Film and TV Production Foundation There is a strong progression rate to film fashion and textiles. Degree. and digital art degree courses from this Next steps: You could progress programme. Standard entry requirements: Eight to study a Foundation Diploma in GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including Standard entry requirements: Eight Art and Design at Exeter College and English Language and Maths). GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including then go on to university courses such English Language and Maths). Subject specific entry requirements as Fashion and Costume Design, or recommendations: A keen interest Textile and Surface Pattern, Fashion Subject specific entry requirements in different kinds of film. Photography and Promotion. or recommendations: Some experience of film, video or artwork would be useful See pages 120-124 for other film Standard entry requirements: Eight but not essential. A grade 4 or above in related courses. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including GCSE Art is preferable. English Language and Maths). This course can be combined with See pages 120-124 for other film Subject specific entry requirements others (pages 43-44) and goes well with related courses. or recommendations: Grade 4 or above Media Studies, Humanities courses, Art and Design courses and Languages in GCSE Art or a related subject, such This course can be combined with (including English). as textiles. others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a This course can be combined with full time programme, however it cannot others (see pages 43-44) and goes well be taken alongside AS Fine Art. with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 54 Art and Design

Level Level Level Fine Art 3 Graphic 3 University of the Arts 3 - Art and Design Communication London (UAL) Foundation A Level - Art and Design Diploma in Art and Design Duration: 2 years AS/A Level Level 3+ Diploma in Foundation Studies Duration: 2 years Duration: 1 year This is a challenging course which encourages students to pursue individual creative investigations. Graphic design is about communicating This intense and exciting course ideas and information through graphic gives you an insight into a wide You will: imagery. You are then encouraged to range of disciplines such as painting, >> Be part of a thriving art faculty, in develop individual solutions to design printmaking, 3D materials, fashion and our own creative building - including problems in both traditional and textiles, photography, video, illustration, specialist areas for 3D wood working, digital media. graphic design and drawing. silk screen printing and ceramics You will: You will: >> Develop your practical drawing skills >> Learn how to present your ideas >> Explore new materials and processes together with painting, printmaking, to others through visual and in your studio practice, backed up by 3D and more experimental work other means critical and contextual academic study >> Learn how to investigate and explore >> Investigate a range of design >> Take part in a residential - previous themes and ideas through the work specialisms - illustration, advertising, trips have included Berlin, Barcelona, of past and contemporary artists packaging, typography and New York and San Francisco >> Learn how to express your ideas photography >> Visit regional, national and visually, verbally and in writing >> Explore your own creative ideas international galleries, including In the first year, you will undertake through the use of different media to the Royal Albert Memorial Museum three projects, all linked, but becoming develop your personal portfolio >> Build a portfolio to show off your progressively more individual and >> Take part in visits to experience the talents and exhibit your work in student-led as the year goes on. In work of others, both contemporary the Summer Show the second year, there are two major and historical projects, both self-directed, and Your coursework will be assessed encouraging mature and independent You will be assessed informally through throughout the year. assignments and your final grade will study visually, conceptually and in Choose this course if… you have enjoyed be determined by externally moderated written form. your A Levels/Extended Diploma and end of year assignments. Choose this course if… you are want to refine your skills and establish passionate about the arts and want Choose this course if… you are creative, your own artistic style. enjoy problem solving and want to to develop your own practice and Next steps: You could progress on understand the influence of graphic understanding of the arts. to one of our Foundation Degrees here design in our lives and are interested in at Exeter School of Art. Many of our Next steps: You could progress making money from your creativity. on to a Foundation Diploma in Art students go on to study at some of the and Design here at Exeter College. Next steps: You could progress on to UK’s leading arts universities. a Foundation Diploma in Art and Design This qualification is well respected Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in or a Graphic Communication Foundation by leading universities, it provides an English Language and Maths. Plus, you Degree both here at Exeter College. excellent grounding for further study should normally have a minimum of five in art and design and supports degree Standard entry requirements: Eight subjects at GCSE or above and will have level entry for many other subject areas. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including completed an A Level programme or Standard entry requirements: Eight English Language and Maths). Extended Diploma in Art and Design. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including Subject specific entry requirements or Subject specific entry requirements English Language and Maths). recommendations: Grade 4 or above in or recommendations: You will have Subject specific entry requirements or GCSE art or a related subject such as to present a portfolio of work that recommendations: Grade 6 or above media or graphic products. demonstrates an interest in, and a curiosity about, the visual world and in GCSE Art or a related subject, such This course can be combined and a desire to communicate this to a as textiles. goes well with any other courses which wider audience. This is a progression make up a full-time programme, see This course can be combined and course and you must have successfully pages 43-44. goes well with any other courses which completed the previous level. make up a full time programme, see pages 43-44.

55 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Automotive Automotive.

Are you a problem solver and interested in technology? Do you have attention to fine detail and a passion for Apprenticeships motor vehicles? are also available, Studying industry-led automotive courses at our see pages 145-164. purpose built Technology Centre (see pages 19-20 for a map) you will gain all the practical and technical skills for a career in the automotive industry. The staff come with a wealth of experience from all aspects of industry from manufacturer to independent workshops.

Harrison “I chose my course because I had heard that Automotive at Exeter College was really good and Kieran it’s been a brilliant two years for me. The teachers have been fantastic, I got on really well with them “I chose my course because I saw it as setting me all and the facilities and resources are excellent too. up for my future – my first stepping stone for what I I would definitely recommend it.” want to do as a career. I have found the tutors really Studying Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair IMIAL Subsidiary supportive and they have helped me with guidance Diploma, Level 2 about what I want to move on to next. I want to be Previously studied at St James School, Exeter a mechanic in the Army. I would recommend Exeter College because it’s great for both the social side and opening up doors to the industry you want to work in.” Studying Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair IMIAL Level 2 Subsidiary Diploma Previously studied at Community College

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 56 Automotive

Level Level Level Vehicle Maintenance 1 Multi-skilled Body 1 Vehicle Body Repair 2 and Repair - Light Vehicle and Paint or Refinishing IMIAL Level 1 Diploma IMIAL Level 1 Diploma IMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic skills This course gives you the basic skills This course builds on Level 1 and further and knowledge to work on vehicles. and knowledge to work on vehicle develops your knowledge of body repair structure and body work. or refinishing. You will: >> Learn theory and practical skills You will: You will: including identification of vehicle >> Learn theory and practical skills >> Learn in an innovative, purpose components including the removal of vehicle built spray shop >> Use the latest equipment and components, filler work and basic >> Work on the latest vehicles and vehicles in a realistic, industry paint techniques Car-O-Liner alignment and welding standard environment >> Use the latest equipment and equipment >> Visit garages and shows vehicles in a realistic, industry >> Learn skills, including fabrication standard environment >> Take optional, additional courses and welding, removal, repair and in hybrid and electric vehicle >> Visit garages and shows replacement of panels and the technology and welding >> Take optional additional courses preparation and application of paint >> Develop soft skills, such as in welding >> Visit manufacturers and attend communication and employer >> Develop soft skills, such as masterclasses expectations, to prepare you communication and employer >> Develop soft skills, such as for the industry expectations, to prepare you communication and employer >> Have opportunities for work for the industry expectations, to prepare you experience alongside your studies >> Have opportunities for work for the industry >> Gain the practical skills needed to experience alongside your studies >> Take optional, additional courses complete your functional skills >> Gain the practical skills needed to in hybrid and electric vehicle and GCSE English and Maths complete your functional skills and technology GCSE English and Maths >> Have opportunities for work You must achieve all the learning experience alongside your studies outcomes for each study unit. You will be You must achieve all the learning assessed by IMI practical assessments, outcomes for each study unit. You will be >> Gain the practical skills needed centre devised assessment methods assessed by IMI practical assessments, to complete your GCSE English and IMI external testing. centre devised assessment methods and and Maths IMI external testing. Choose this course if… you have an You must achieve all learning outcomes interest in repairing vehicle components Choose this course if… you have an for each study unit. You will be assessed and learning how vehicles work. interest in repairing vehicle body work by IMI practical assessments, centre and refinishing. devised assessment methods and IMI Next steps: You could go on to further external testing. study, such as the Vehicle Maintenance Next steps: You could go on to further and Repair - Light Vehicle IMIAL Level 2 study, such as the Vehicle Body Repair Choose this course if… you are looking Diploma or an Apprenticeship. or Refinishing IMIAL Level 2 Diploma or to progress into an Apprenticeship an Apprenticeship. and have a passion for repairing the Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 structural components of vehicles. in English Language and Maths. If you Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 don’t have a grade 4 in English and in English Language and Maths. If you Next steps: You could go on to study a Maths, you will be required to study for don’t have a grade 4 in English and Level 2 Vehicle Body Repair and Body this alongside your course. Plus, you will Maths, you will be required to study for Refinishing Apprenticeship. need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, this alongside your course. Plus, you Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 or equivalent. will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or in English Language and Maths. If you above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or don’t have a grade 4 in English and recommendations: We may consider Subject specific entry requirements or Maths, you will be required to study for other experience if you do not have recommendations: We may consider this alongside your course. Plus, you will these grades. other experience if you do not have need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or these grades. equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: We may consider other experience if you do not have these grades.

57 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Vehicle Maintenance 2 Vehicle Fitting 2 and Repair - Light Vehicle Principles - Light Vehicle IMIAL Level 2 Subsidiary IMIAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This course is designed for those who This course is designed for those who would like to find a job in the light would like to find a job in the light vehicle automotive industry. vehicle automotive industry. You will: You will: >> Study health and safety, tools and >> Study health and safety, tools and materials, automotive job roles, materials, automotive job roles, engines and related systems, vehicle braking systems, chassis and transmission, vehicle electrics and associated systems chassis and associated systems >> Use the latest equipment and >> Use the latest equipment and vehicles in a realistic, industry vehicles in a realistic, industry standard environment standard environment >> Take optional, additional courses >> Take optional, additional courses in hybrid and electric vehicle in hybrid and electric vehicle technology technology >> Develop soft skills, such as >> Develop soft skills, such as communication and employer communication and employer expectations, to prepare you expectations, to prepare you for for the industry the industry >> Have opportunities for work >> Have opportunities for work experience alongside your studies experience alongside your studies >> Gain the practical skills needed >> Gain the practical skills needed to complete your GCSE English to complete your GCSE English and Maths and Maths You must achieve all learning outcomes You must achieve all learning outcomes for all units. You will be assessed by for all units. You will be assessed by IMI practical assessments, centre IMI practical assessments, centre devised assessment methods and devised assessment methods and IMI external testing. IMI external testing. Choose this course if… you are looking Choose this course if… you are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or a to progress into an Apprenticeship and full time Subsidiary Diploma and have a have a passion for repairing, servicing passion for replacing vehicle systems. and diagnosing vehicle faults. Next steps: You could progress either Next steps: After studying the Subsidiary to the Subsidiary Diploma for a further Diploma in the first year, you could year or to a Light Vehicle Maintenance progress either to the Extended Diploma and Repair Apprenticeship. for a further year or to a Light Vehicle Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 Maintenance and Repair Apprenticeship. in English Language and Maths. If you From the Extended Diploma you could don’t have a grade 4 in English Language progress to the BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary and Maths, you will be required to study Diploma in Vehicle Technology or an for this alongside your course. Plus, Apprenticeship. you will need three GCSEs at grade 3 or Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 above, or equivalent. in English Language and Maths. Plus, Subject specific entry requirements or you will need three GCSEs at grade recommendations: We will also consider 3 or above in relevant subjects, or your existing academic or vocational equivalent. qualifications and experience and Subject specific entry requirements or interest in working in the industry. recommendations: We will also consider your existing academic or vocational qualifications and experience and interest in working in the industry.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 58 Business Business.

Studying Business courses can open the door to a huge range of careers. We offer a grounding in Business Management and from this students can pursue career pathways in finance/accounting, marketing/sales and leadership and management. These courses are based at Victoria House on Queen Street, see pages 19-20 for a map.

For information about what your timetable might look like see page 8.

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

59 Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

Harry “I chose my course because I already had an interest in Business and wanted to pursue it further. My main achievement at Exeter College has been achieving three Distinction Stars at the end of the year. I have really enjoyed college life – in particular I enjoy meeting new people and the college allows you to do that. I am looking forward to going into full time employment after my studies.”

Studying Business 90 Credit BTEC Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 60 Business

Level Level Business 1 Business 2 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business This course equips you with a wide will enable you to make the most of this range of practical skills and prepares vocational course, which provides an you for a career in a business. excellent introduction to business. You will: You will: >> Study topics such as enterprise >> Use practical skills, communication in the business world and finance and team working skills to increase for business your business knowledge >> Learn about the principles of >> Learn about businesses in our local marketing and customer service area, how to communicate with >> Find out what it takes to build customers, how to brand a product successful business teams and how to create effective business >> Take part in work experience and presentations business visits, as well as initiatives >> Gain one week’s work experience such as interview preparation and >> Improve your transferable ICT, role plays English and Maths skills Assessment is by assignments, >> Understand and develop the skills external examinations, observation and qualities necessary to work in and written work. this industry Choose this course if… you are looking You will be assessed by assignments to gain knowledge in different aspects and coursework and will need to sit of business, with a keen ambition to tests for your English and Maths. work in a business environment. Choose this course if… you want to Next steps: You could go on to study develop a range of skills you can use a Level 3 course such as the Level 3 in the business sector or progress Extended Diploma in Business. Or you to further study. could apply for an Apprenticeship or go into employment in an administration/ Next steps: On completion of this business related role. course, you can progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 in English Language and Maths (or Standard entry requirements: Minimum Functional Skills English and Maths at of a Grade 2 in English Language and Level 1). If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs 3 or above, or equivalent. at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements Subject specific entry requirements or or recommendations: An interest in recommendations: An interest in gaining a business related career such as a job in the business industry personal assistant or medical is really important. secretary, retail or finance. This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see page 19-20 for a map. George “At college I was able to meet local business leaders who spurred me on to take the risk and go for it. My course gave me the right tools so I could take them forward into the real world.”

George now runs his own company, Ideal First Car, and recently won a prestigious new innovation award at the Ideas Mean Business Awards

61 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Business 3 Business 3 Business 3 BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/ BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ A/AS Level Extended Diploma Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This full time course will help you forge a career in business specialisms such as A practical, work related course, This course offers a good introduction finance, human resources, management, providing both a grounding in business to your career in business. Students will retail or marketing. In the second year, education and a firm basis for study business in a variety of contexts you will have the opportunity to study a specialising in a selected avenue of (for example, large/small, UK focused/ specialist pathway in either marketing business activity. This certificate needs global, service/manufacturing). to be completed in year 1. This course and sales, finance and accounting or You will: is aimed at students wanting to study leadership and management. >> Study units such as managers, more than one subject area and you will leadership and decision making, You will: combine this course with two A Levels. >> Study the business environment marketing, operations, finance and business resources, as well as You will: and human resources learning about marketing, finance, >> Study the business environment >> Consider how established businesses human resource management and and resources, as well as learning might improve their effectiveness about marketing, finance, human business communication >> Look at the business environment, resource management and business >> Have the opportunity to complete strategies for success and managing communication work experience with organisations, change >> Learn by completing projects and including John Lewis and Waitrose or >> Study in small groups and assignments that are based on the University of Exeter individually as well as attending realistic workplace situations, >> Benefit from the ollege’sc links with lectures activities and demands partner organisations in finance and >> Have opportunities to take part in >> Have the opportunity to go on day human resource management business challenge competitions trips and meet visiting speakers >> Learn from guest speakers and Assessment is by examination at external visits Assessment is by assignments, the end of the course. There is no external examinations, observation Assessment is by assignments, external coursework option. and written work. An overall grade examinations, observation and written for the qualification is awarded to all Choose this course if… you prefer work. learners who successfully complete all theoretical study to practical study, Choose this course if… you are wanting units. The individual units are graded want to go on to further studies or to develop your business knowledge, with pass, merit or distinction and gain employment which includes team skills and experience to kick start a these, when added together at the end leading or management. business-related career via university of the year, relate to the overall grade of Next steps: This course prepares level courses or an Apprenticeship. pass, merit, distinction or distinction*. you for further academic study at Next steps: You will be able to Choose this course if… you are wanting university level, including courses progress to study business based to develop your business knowledge, such as the Business Higher National university level courses, such as the skills and experience to kick start a Diploma (HND) at Exeter College. You Business Higher National diploma (HND) business-related career via university could also progress into a career in at Exeter College. All students work level courses or an Apprenticeship. business and management or launch on a variety of vocational tasks that your own business. Next steps: When combined with will prepare you for higher education other Level 3 courses, students may Standard entry requirements: Eight courses or employment. Alternatively, choose to progress on to the Business GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including you may decide to take professional Higher National Diploma (HND) at Exeter English Language and Maths). qualifications or apply for management College. You can progress from the Level training positions. Subject specific entry requirements 3 Certificate to the Level 3 Extended or recommendations: You must enjoy Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 Certificate. You could go on to a career reading and Maths, following business in English Language and Maths. Plus, you in business specialisms such as finance, developments and thinking critically will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, human resources, management or about contemporary business issues. or equivalent BTEC Level 2 course. marketing. If you enter the course with a grade Standard entry requirements: Eight 4 in Maths you will be required to GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including attend additional sessions in core English Language and Maths). mathematical skills for business. This course can be combined with This course can be combined A Levels (see pages 43-44) and goes well with others (see pages 43-44) and goes with any other courses which make up a particularly well with Maths, English full time programme. Language, Sociology and Modern Foreign Languages.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 62 Construction and the Built Environment Construction and the Built Environment.

Keen to train for one of the UK’s largest industries? Apprenticeships We offer a range of courses suited to the needs of local are also available, employers and young people looking to gain valuable see pages 145-164. industry knowledge, experience and skills. If you want to develop your skills in a dedicated, purposeful environment at our Construction Centre in Sowton then come and visit our facilities and meet our dedicated, industry specific staff.

Alice “I chose my course because I have always enjoyed fixing things so I ended up taking a Plumbing course at college and enjoyed every minute – I just knew I wanted to work in construction. I enjoy the practical side of my course the most because it’s how I learn best. I hope to go on to an Apprenticeship with a plumbing company next, because I love plumbing and want to further my skills. I have found the college environment really good and the staff very supportive – they’ve helped me with everything I needed.” Studying Plumbing Level 1 Diploma Previously studied at St Luke’s Science and Sports College, Exeter

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

63 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Brickwork 1 Carpentry and Joinery 1 Painting and 1 Level 1 Diploma Level 1 Diploma Decorating Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year This course gives you the basic This course gives you the basic knowledge and skills you need for knowledge and skills you need for a This course gives you the basic a career in brickwork. career in carpentry and joinery. knowledge and skills you need for a You will: You will: career in painting and decorating. >> Study safe construction practices and >> Learn about safe working practices, You will: building methods building methods and construction >> Learn how to work safely, including technology >> Undertake blockwork, bricklaying erecting and dismantling working and cavity walling in our spacious >> Produce basic woodworking joints platforms brick workshops, supported by some in our fully equipped workshops >> Work mainly in our well-equipped, formal classroom sessions >> Know how to use and maintain modern workshops and resource >> Learn employability skills expected carpentry tools centre by employers >> Carry out a series of practical >> Prepare surfaces for decoration >> Gain additional qualifications in training exercises >> Paint with brushes and rollers, English and Maths >> Focus on transferable skills such apply foundation and plain papers >> Benefit from strong industry links, as English and Maths and produce specialist, decorative guest speakers, site visits and the Assessment is by a combination of finishes potential for work experience written and practical tests and online >> Hear from guest speakers and go Assessment is by a combination of exams. Success rates are excellent. on site visits written and practical tests and online Choose this course if… you enjoy >> Undertake practical training exercises exams. Success rates are excellent. working with wood, working as part of Assessment is by a combination of a team and are self-motivated. Also, this Choose this course if… you enjoy being written and practical tests and online course is a great choice if you want to outdoors, working as part of a team and exams. Success rates are excellent. are self-motivated. Also, it is a great develop your skills and to progress choice if you want to develop your skills into the carpentry and joinery trade. Choose this course if… you enjoy working to a high standard, have an and to progress into the construction Next steps: On completion, you could eye for detail as well as being creative industry as a bricklayer. progress to the Level 2 Standard as a and want to develop your skills and bench joiner or site carpenter. Next steps: On completion, you could to progress into the painting and progress to the Level 2 Standard as a Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 decorating trade. bricklayer. in English Language and Maths. If you Next steps: On completion, you could don’t have a grade 4 in English and Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 progress to the Level 2 Standard as a Maths, you will be required to study for in English Language and Maths. If you painter and decorator. don’t have a grade 4 in English and this alongside your course. Plus, you Maths, you will be required to study for will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 this alongside your course. Plus, you above, or equivalent. in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or Subject specific entry requirements Maths, you will be required to study above, or equivalent. or recommendations: If you do not for this alongside your course. Plus, have these grades you may still be Subject specific entry requirements you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 able to study this course, subject to an or recommendations: If you do not or above, or equivalent. have these grades you may still be interview with a course specialist. You able to study this course, subject to an will be required to demonstrate that you Subject specific entry requirements interview with a course specialist. You are enthusiastic and committed or recommendations: If you do not will be required to demonstrate that you to succeeding. have these grades you may still be are enthusiastic and committed able to study this course, subject to an to succeeding. interview with a course specialist. You will be required to demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 64 Construction and the Built Environment

Level Level Level Plumbing 1 Construction Skills 1 Electrical Installation 2 Level 1 Diploma Level 1 Award/Certificate/Diploma Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This course gives you the basic This course gives you the basic This real world course prepares you knowledge and skills you need for a knowledge and skills you need for a to work effectively and safely in an career in plumbing. career as a general builder. electrotechnical environment and is ideal for anyone who wants to become a You will: You will: fully qualified electrician. >> Learn key plumbing principles >> Learn basic plumbing, carpentry, and develop hands on skills Tiling, plastering, bricklaying and You will: and techniques decorating principles and develop >> Study a range of units around the >> Build your confidence and hands on skills and techniques. technology and installation of competence in plumbing techniques >> Work in our well-equipped, modern electricity workshops and resource centre >> Work in purpose built and fully >> Learn safe working practices through >> Develop your transferable skills in equipped plumbing workshops a combination of practical work, English and Maths in our fully equipped electrical >> Develop your transferable skills in >> Benefit from strong industry links, workshop and classroom English and Maths guest speakers, site visits and the >> Hear from guest speakers from >> Benefit from strong industry links, potential for work experience the industry guest speakers, site visits and the Assessment is by a combination of potential for work experience >> Attend the largest electrical show written and practical tests and online in the West Country Assessment is by a combination of exams. Success rates are excellent. Assessment is through a combination of written and practical tests and online Choose this course if… you want online exams and practical exercises. exams. Success rates are excellent. to learn new skills and gain an Choose this course if… you would like Choose this course if… you want to learn understanding of the wider construction to learn about the installation and new skills, gain an understanding of industry. maintenance of electrical wiring systems plumbing and be able to progress on Next steps: You could go on to in our homes, businesses, within the trade. seek employment or follow an and factories. Next steps: Progression can either be Apprenticeship in a chosen field of your Next steps: On completion, you could onto the full time Level 2 Plumbing choice within the construction industry. progress either onto the full time Level course or gain employment and follow Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 course or gain employment and study the Apprenticeship route. 2 in English Language and Maths. If you the Level 3 Standard training to become Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 don’t have a grade 4 in English and a qualified electrician. in English Language and Maths. If you Maths, you will be required to study for Standard entry requirements: You don’t have a grade 4 in English and this alongside your course. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 5 or above, Maths, you will be required to study need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or including English Language and Maths. for this alongside your course. Plus, equivalent. you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 Subject specific entry requirements or Subject specific entry requirements or above, or equivalent. recommendations: Grade 4 in Science. or recommendations: As the You will be required to demonstrate that Subject specific entry requirements main progression route is to an you are enthusiastic and committed to or recommendations: As the Apprenticeship or Level 2 course, succeeding. main progression route is to an higher GCSE results would be a distinct Apprenticeship or Level 2 course, advantage. You will be required to higher GCSE results would be a distinct demonstrate that you are enthusiastic advantage. You will be required to and committed to succeeding. demonstrate that you are enthusiastic and committed to succeeding. Did you know?

Studying these

courses you will

benefit from strong industry links, site

visits and a range

of guest speakers.

65 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Tom “I decided to enrol on the course because it involved all the subjects I previously enjoyed at school and I have a keen interest in construction. The course programme runs on a three day a week schedule allowing time to undertake an industry placement, enhancing and developing knowledge and skills relating back to classroom learning. I have undertaken an industry placement at a multi- disciplinary design construction consultancy involving a variety of sectors including architecture, building surveying, quantity surveying and civil and structural engineering. I have found being on an industry placement helped me to develop my confidence in the work environment.” Studying Construction and The Built Environment BTEC Subsidiary Diploma/Extended Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 66 Construction and the Built Environment

Level Level Level Plumbing 2 Construction and the 3 Construction: 3 Level 2 Diploma Built Environment Design, Surveying and Duration: 1 year BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma/ Planning Extended Diploma T Level You can be sure of meeting industry Duration: 1-2 years standards for basic plumbing if you Duration: 2 years study this course. It builds on Level 1 to This programme is aimed at a cover all the essential foundation skills This course is aimed at learners who professional role within the construction as you work towards becoming a fully wish to develop their knowledge and industry and gives you a nationally qualified plumber. understanding of Construction and the recognised qualification and a broad built environment. The T Level has an You will: choice of career routes into construction emphasis on ‘real’ industry experience >> Gain a good grounding for or civil engineering. and is equivalent to three A Levels. progression to a higher level You will: course or starting work You will: > Study subjects including sustainable > Study a core content that will >> Cover domestic water systems construction, project management, develop your knowledge of and piping, soldering and health science and materials, health and concepts, theories and core skills and safety safety, Computer Aided Design (CAD), relevant to construction and the >> Work in our fully equipped training surveying and property valuation built environment industry. You workshop > Carry out practical work associated will learn about design, health >> Learn from site visits and guest with surveying and setting out and safety, sustainability, building speakers buildings technology, law and relationship You will be assessed through online > Use the latest surveying equipment management exams and practical exercises. and AutoCAD packages > Study specialist occupationally Choose this course if… you want to >> Undertake site visits to construction specific content, for example, in develop the skills you learnt at Level 1, and civil engineering projects surveying and design and/or civil such as installing piping for water Assessment is by assignments and engineering and drainage and fitting bathrooms. externally set projects. > Undertake an industry placement You will also progress towards an with an employer to develop skills Choose this course if… you have a Apprenticeship. and behaviours. Your placement will good understanding of maths and last for a minimum of 315 hours Next steps: You could progress to science, and would like an introduction further study in construction or an into the construction and civil > Develop your English, Maths and Apprenticeship which includes day engineering industry. digital skills as appropriate for the release at college. occupation Next steps: You could go on to Standard entry requirements: This is a study at university level, for example, You will be assessed through external progression course and you must have progressing to a Construction or Civil assessments, practical assignments successfully completed the Level 1 Engineering Higher National Certificate and an employer set project. Diploma in Plumbing, achieved a high (HNC) at Exeter College. Choose this course if… you have a attendance rate and have successfully Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in good understanding of Maths and achieved functional skills targets. English Language and Maths. Plus, you Science and a keen interest in the will need three GCSEs at grade 4 construction and civil engineering or above, or equivalent. sectors, especially around design, surveying and planning. It is also Subject specific entry requirements or a good opportunity to undertake recommendations: Grade 4 in Science. industry placements with our industry partners. Next steps: You can progress directly Have you into skilled employment, further considered our and higher education and onto an Apprenticeship relevant to the T Level. Apprenticeship See pages options? Standard entry requirements: You 41-42 for more See pages will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or information about above (including English Language and 145-164 for full T Levels. Maths). Learners progressing from a information. Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent).

67 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production Dance, Drama,

Performing Did you know? Exeter College has its very own Performing Arts Academy and Extend Dance programmes. Arts and See pages 45-48 for details. Production.

Whether you are a passionate dancer, actor or Phoenix, the Barnfield Theatre and Theatre Alibi’s musical theatre performer interested and dedicated rehearsal space, Emmanuel Hall. The Performing to the performing arts, our wide range of courses are Arts and Dance courses are based in the Centre for perfect for you. You’ll get the opportunity to work in Creative Industries (CCI), see pages 19-20 for the map. specialist studios and a professional theatre, as well as our fantastic new dance studio. Look out for this icon in the course information You will also have the opportunity to experience You can combine that course with other courses working and performing in professional venues to create a full time programme of study within the city centre. We currently use Exeter

Alanta “The full time course suited me as it helped me to understand the commitment and determination that I would need within the dance industry. I was given the chance to experiment with various styles of dance. I enjoyed the independence that college gave me, as it enabled me to set my own pace and feel proud of the work that I achieved independently. We also received a lot of support. I am now at the University of East London studying Urban Dance. I have studied a whole new range of dance styles, developed management skills relating to both performing and organising performances and worked with professional dancers.” Studied Performing Arts (Dance) BTEC Extended Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 68 Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production

Level Level Expressive Arts 1 Performing and Production Arts 2 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma UAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 Year

This course offers you a broad-based introduction into Art, This qualification provides an introduction to performance, Design and Performing Arts. If working within these fields production and design for the performing arts, enabling appeals, this vocational course will be a good choice for you to acquire the essential skills, techniques and methods you. It will help you develop the basic skills, knowledge and to progress in further education or employment within the qualities you need to progress. performing arts industry. You will: You will: > Learn different ways of using various 2D art materials > Develop the skills required to communicate through drama, story and narrative > Develop your practical creative skills > Plan and organise a theatre production > Take part in theatre trips > Stage performing arts events to live audiences > Be able to go on a week’s work experience > Build a website, track your learning digitally and > Improve your ability in English and Maths communicate with a global audience > Learn how to create your own storyboard and script based > Explore of a range of progression opportunities and routes on a play you have seen > Acquire organisational and communication skills such as > Work with others in a team to showcase your arts or calendar management, collaborating as part of a team, performing arts skills analytical ability, creative problem solving and meeting > Plan and market an exhibition of your work - either art or deadlines. These sustainable skills are transferable across performing arts based all subject areas, are highly valued in the job market and You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with will boost the desirability of your CV in the job market and tests for English and Maths. application to a Level 3 qualification Choose this course if... you want to develop the skills to go This course does not involve formal exams. All assessment onto a course that will lead you into the Art or Performing is carried out as coursework both practical and written. Arts industry. This course is also a great choice if you want to There is a continuous assignment assessment process, develop your confidence and ability to work with others in a involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each practical environment. assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may Choose this course if… you want to start your professional be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. practice and gain real world experience as part of a Some students choose to seek employment. performing arts company. Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in Next steps: On successful completion of this course you can English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 progress to a Level 3 course or an Apprenticeship. in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this Standard entry requirements: Four GCSEs at grade 3 or above alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional or equivalent. GCSE English Language is desirable, however GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. both English and Maths GCSE can be achieved as part of this Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An programme of study. interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Present an audition piece and take part in a workshop as part of the selection process.

69 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Performing and Production Arts 3 Performing and Production Arts 3 (Acting) (Musical Theatre) UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This full time vocational course delivers training and This full time vocational course delivers training and experience that prepares actors for rehearsal and experience that prepares students for rehearsal and performance whilst developing employability skills. You will performance whilst developing employability skills. You will be given the opportunity to acquire the skills and techniques be given the opportunity to acquire the skills and techniques necessary to bring characters to life and communicate their across the three disciplines of acting, dancing and singing stories. Working as a successful member of a company, you necessary to bring characters to life and communicate their get to work in rehearsal and performance spaces across the stories. Working as a successful member of a company, you city with industry professionals. will work in rehearsal and performance spaces across the city with industry professionals. You will: > Explore a range of acting styles, practitioners, writers, You will: directors and live performances > Explore a range of Musical Theatre styles, practitioners, > Improve acting technique for stage, camera and radio composers, lyricists, choreographers, directors and live performances > Participate in vocal, movement and textual analysis workshops > Improve technique for acting, dancing and singing > Create a personal website and digital marketing materials > Participate in workshops and performances > Develop interpersonal and other transferable skills to > Create a personal website and digital marketing materials enhance your employability > Develop interpersonal and other transferable skills to enhance your employability This course does not involve formal exams. All assessment is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. This course does not involve formal exams, all assessment There is a continuous assignment assessment process, is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each There is a continuous assignment assessment process assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. Choose this course if… you aspire to a career in the industry, are able to work collaboratively, have an open mind and are Choose this course if… you aspire to a career in the industry, willing to take risks. Previous students have progressed on to are able to work collaboratively, have an open mind, are courses at Italia Conti, ALRA, East 15, New York Conservatory, willing to take risks and have a passion and curiosity Mountview, Plymouth Conservatoire, Exeter, St Mary’s, about Musical Theatre performance. Previous students Chichester and Bournemouth Universities. have progressed on to courses at Urdang, Italia Conti, GSA, Laines, Performers, Bird, Bodyworks, Hammond, Emil Dale, Next steps: You could progress to university or drama school. Millennium, Trinity, Chichester, Bath Spa and Winchester Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Universities. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to Next steps: You could progress to university or drama school. study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need four Successful candidates after interview will be invited to GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. audition for a place upon the course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Successful candidates after interview will be invited to audition for a place upon the course.

We have a fantastic new specialist sprung dance studio

which opened in Summer 2019!

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 70 Dance, Drama, Performing Arts and Production

Level Dance 3 UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This full time vocational dance course focuses specifically on developing your dance technique, performance and choreographic skills in order to become a diverse, industry- aware dancer. You will: > Broaden your knowledge and understanding of a range of dance styles through regular technique classes > Perform a diverse range of work in front of live audiences, in both the college theatre and theatre/dance venues in Exeter > Be taught by and gain practical experience with professional dancers and companies > Learn how to choreograph your own dance work > Gain thorough insight into the practical rigours of training through a variety of fitness training sessions to complement dance technique and performance > Prepare for higher education or conservatoire dance courses through access to practical workshops with universities and conservatoires > Gain real insight and experience of the dance industry through creative partnerships with current dance agencies and companies in the region This course does not involve formal exams. All assessments is carried out as coursework, both practical and written. There is a continuous assignment assessment process, involving practical and written work. Grades awarded for each assignment go towards a final grade for each unit. Students are encouraged to enhance their understanding of dance through private dance classes/singing lessons/acting lessons. Choose this course if... you are passionate about dance and wish to pursue a career in the industry. Previous students have progressed onto dance conservatoires including: MAPPA, London Contemporary Dance School, Trinity Laban, Northern School of Contemporary Dance, Performers, Tiffanys, Rambert, Urdang, Barcelona Institute of Performing Arts, Bird College, Stella Mann and Cambridge Bodyworks. Next steps: You can progress into higher education at a dance conservatoire, university or musical theatre school. Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent (including English Language and Maths). If you don’t have a grade 4 in English Language or Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance training/experience is essential. You will be invited to an experience day prior to enrolment.

71 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Dance 3 Drama and Theatre 3 BTEC Level 3 National/Extended Certificate A/AS Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course is perfect for you if you are serious about This course is ideal for creative students who want to study studying dance, whilst enabling you to have the choice of a and make theatre for a contemporary audience. It combines combination of other A Levels/BTEC courses. theoretical and practical work on plays and practitioners. You will: You will: > Take weekly technique classes in a variety of styles > Study five plays over the two year course > Develop skills in repertory and choreography, leading to > Explore the techniques and practices of theatre public performances > Enjoy writing about theatre, whether in response to reading > Explore a range of choreographers and their works through plays or seeing performances theory and practical tasks > Attend a wide variety of performances and workshops You will take two units in the first year and two units in the > Rehearse, develop and perform extracts of published plays second year. Each year one unit is externally assessed and and your own devised material one unit is internally assessed. > Develop transferable skills such as communication, public Choose this course if… you want to keep your options open speaking, teamwork, negotiation, creativity and leadership and want the opportunity to study it alongside other subjects. skills Next steps: You could go on to study dance at university or Assessment is by practical performance and written a dance conservatoire. You could also study dance at higher coursework (60%) and written examination (40%). education level in combination with another subject. Choose this course if… you want to use theatre to say Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above something about the world, you enjoy debating issues and (including English Language and Maths). ideas and you enjoy reading plays, writing about them and performing them. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Previous dance experience is essential. Next steps: You could progress to university, drama school or an Apprenticeship. There are many transferable skills gained through studying drama that are suitable to a wide range of careers. This could include jobs in marketing, education, project management, the caring professions and the social sciences, as well as work within the theatre and creative industries. Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (to include English Language and Maths). Subject specific requirements: GCSE Drama is helpful, but not essential. You must be able to write an essay and work effectively in a group. Seeing live theatre should be something that you enjoy doing regularly. This course can be combined (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any subject, but particularly works well with Art or Media based subjects and English and Humanities courses, particularly English Literature.

UAL Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Performing Arts students recently performed their own adaptation of ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream’ at the Barnfield Theatre.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 72 Engineering and Aerospace Engineering and Aerospace.

Our engineering students benefit from all the latest industry standard equipment in workshops, developing all the skills they need to work in an exciting and Did you know? Exeter College has dynamic industry. These courses take place at our recently opened a world class multi- fantastic purpose-built Technology Centre. See pages million pound centre of excellence 19-20 for maps and visit our website for more for robotics, industrial automation, information about the academy. advanced manufacturing and virtual welding. Find out more on page 15.

Haroon “I chose my course because it was the right course for me to progress on to university, as universities were looking for more practical experience and my course provides that – working on lathes, milling machines and drills. Exeter College provides great teaching as well as equipment, the small class sizes mean that the teachers have more time to focus on you and support you.” Studying Engineering BTEC National Extended Diploma, Level 3 Previously studied at St James School, Exeter

Look out for this icon in the course information Apprenticeships You can progress from this course to our are also available, Centre for University Level Studies see pages 145-164.

73 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Engineering 2 Engineering 3 Aeronautical 3 Level 2 Extended Certificate Level 3 Extended Certificate/Foundation Engineering Duration: 1 year Diploma/Diploma/Extended Diploma Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration per course: 1 year Duration: 1 year If you intend to pursue a career in engineering, this course provides the This challenging, academic and work- With shared resource links to the theory and practical skills you will related diploma course prepares you Training Academy, this full time course need at the start of your journey. for entry to employment or university is for students with a passion for level education. On completion of the You will: Aeronautical Engineering. Extended Certificate or Foundation >> Study mechanical and electrical Diploma you could progress on to the You will: engineering Diploma or Extended Diploma or an >> Gain theoretical and practical >> Learn how to work safely and how Apprenticeship. competencies in all aspects of to use and interpret engineering aircraft engineering maintenance and You will: information repair >> Develop your specialist skills, >> Develop your Maths, Computer Aided knowledge and understanding of >> Complete a Level 3 Extended Design (CAD) and Engineering engineering principles, problems Certificate in Engineering Science skills and solutions >> Study at the new Technology Centre >> Carry out controlled practical work >> Study mechanical as well as electrical in your first year, with the potential in our fully equipped workshops and electronic engineering units to progress to the Training Academy at and laboratories Exeter Airport >> Carry out controlled practical work >> Use state of the art CNC and in our fully equipped workshops >> Attain the skills and knowledge CAD equipment and laboratories to prepare you for a career that >> Attend masterclasses from industry has great potential to earn a >> Develop skills valued by employers, experts and visit manufacturing sites very competitive salary such as Maths, Communication and >> Choose additional courses in Computer Aided Design (CAD) The course consists of six units, two CNC Programming >> Attend masterclasses from industry of which are externally assessed Assessment is by assignments, experts and visit manufacturing sites through online tests, the remaining four are assessed through written external examinations, observation >> Choose additional courses in CNC assignment completion. and written work. and study Robotics Programming in Choose this course if… you have our new state of the art Advanced Choose this course if… you have a a passion for engineering but are Manufacturing and Industrial passion for aeronautical engineering undecided on your career pathway. Automation facility and are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or on to a Diploma Assessment is by internally or externally Next steps: You could progress to the in Engineering. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in Engineering, set coursework or examinations. Next steps: You could progress on an Apprenticeship or employment in a Choose this course if… you have to the Diploma in Engineering at Exeter related subject. a passion for engineering with a College. Completion of these courses can progression plan to university or Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 lead to either a Foundation Degree or an Apprenticeship. in English Language and Maths. If you HNC. don’t have a grade 4 in English and Next steps: After successful Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in Maths, you will be required to study for completion of the Extended Diploma English Language and grade 4 in Maths. this alongside your course. Plus, you will you will be qualified to work as an Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or engineering technician or you may 4 or above, or equivalent. equivalent. choose to progress to university Subject specific entry requirements level study. Electrical and Electronic Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or in Science. You should also have an or Mechanical Engineering HNC can be above in Science, Double Science or interest in engineering as a career. studied at Exeter College. Alternatively, Physics. You need a passion for learning you could begin an Apprenticeship and a keen interest in a hands on with an employer. engineering career. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 5 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 74 Engineering and Aerospace

Level Aeronautical 3 Engineering Diploma Level 3 Duration: 1 year

With shared resource links to the Training Academy, this full time course is for students with a passion for Aeronautical Engineering. You will: >> Gain theoretical and practical competencies in all aspects of aircraft engineering maintenance and repair >> Complete a Level 3 Extended Diploma in Engineering >> Study at the new Technology Centre in your first year, with the potential to progress to the Training Academy at Exeter Airport >> Attain the skills and knowledge to prepare you for a career that Our new robotics workshop has great potential to earn a very competitive salary is the largest of its The course consists of six units, two kind in the Further of which are externally assessed Education and Higher through online tests, the remaining four are assessed through written Education sector assignment completion. in Europe. Choose this course if… you have a passion for aeronautical engineering and are looking to progress into an Apprenticeship or on to a Diploma in Engineering. Next steps: Completion of this courses can lead to either a Foundation Degree or HNC. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 4 in Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: GCSE grade 4 or above in Science, Double Science or Physics. You need a passion for learning and a keen interest in a hands on engineering career.

75 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk English Language and Literature English Language and Literature.

Are you interested in the power of language and These courses are based at our Hele Road site. the human imagination? Do you enjoy exploring the See pages 19-20 for the map. communication of ideas and the search for meaning? Perhaps you would like to develop your skills further in understanding and using the written word - whatever your interests, we have a course to suit you.

Deanna "Exeter College has been really good, it's been a step up for me in terms of independence and all my tutors have been really supportive. My subjects worked really well together - I found Drama to be a nice balance in terms of studying a non academic subject and it did support English, for example, in terms of analysing plays. All my A Levels had elements that complemented each other. I am really pleased with my results and I'm looking forward to studying Law at Cambridge next year."

Studied English Literature, Drama and Theatre and Law A Levels Previously studied at

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 76 English Language and Literature

Level Level Level Classical Civilisation 3 English Language 3 English Literature 3 AS/A Level AS/A Level A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This wide ranging course is for you if This course focuses on sociolinguistics Reading is to the mind what exercise is to you are interested in the culture and which means that we will study and the body, therefore this course offers you society of Graeco-Roman antiquity and analyse the ways in which society and a full workout. Exploring ideas of what its impact upon the modern world. language influence one another. This it means to be human from some of the could be in the form of key concepts greatest writers to have ever lived, you You will: and issues such as power or gender, will be enthralled, challenged and have >> Cover Greek and Roman philosophy, or looking at how children learn to your imagination energised for good. religion, politics, historical context, talk, read and write. culture and society from the Bronze You will: Age to late antiquity You will: >> Study a wide variety of texts, covering >> Learn about the founding of modern >> Gain an in depth understanding of the major literary genres civilisation through studying the how language is constructed of poetry, prose and drama literature, culture and thought of the >> Develop creative skills and expertise >> Read a range of literature by a variety Graeco-Roman world as a writer, experimenting with of authors in different historical >> Be taught by research active different styles periods, considering how the specialists with links to the University >> Explore how language varies and historical, social and literary context of Exeter and to the wider academic changes over time can illuminate writers’ ideas community >> Develop transferable skills relating >> Consider the use of structure, form You will be examined by written to the interpretation and analysis of and language in texts examination through essays and textual different types of communication >> Enhance your techniques of analysis, analysis. There are two examinations for >> Study how language develops from evaluation and comparison AS and two for A Level. childhood Choose this course if… you like reading, >> Explore language related issues, such >> Develop your ability to research and history, drama, discussion/debating. as global English, gender identity, follow a reasoned argument power, journalism and regional Next steps: This course will enhance >> Have the chance to attend theatre language variation your knowledge and understanding trips, author talks and events of the classics and enable you to Assessment will be through external Assessment will be through external gain points for entry into university examination and a small component of examination and a small component level education. This subject is highly non-exam assessment in the second year. of non-exam assessment. regarded by both universities and Choose this course if… you are employers. Choose this course if… you enjoy the interested in popular culture, current thrill of a great book and are prepared to Standard entry requirements: Eight affairs and the development of the share your ideas, as well as have them GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English language in society. It is also challenged by others. Maths, and English Language at grade 6. appropriate if you are interested in discussion, debate and creative writing. Next steps: You could go on to university Subject specific entry requirements level education, and/or a range of or recommendations: Alternatively, a Next steps: You could go on to university careers. English Literature is highly grade 6 in GCSE history where a grade 6 level education, and/or a range of regarded by universities as one of in English GCSE is not held. You do not careers. the select number of ‘facilitating’ need knowledge of either Greek or Latin, Standard entry requirements: Eight subjects most desired by competitive although there will be an opportunity GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including institutions. to learn some of the basics of these English Language and Maths). languages. Standard entry requirements: Eight Subject specific entry requirements or GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including This course can be combined recommendations: It will be possible to English Language and Maths). with others (see pages 43-44) and goes discuss the differences in the content well with English Literature, History, This course can be combined of this course compared with GCSE at Philosophy and Politics. with others (see pages 43-44) and goes interview. particularly well with Humanities and This course can be combined with arts subjects. most other courses (see pages 43-44) and goes well with Modern Foreign Languages and Humanities based subjects.

77 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Foundation Learning and Support Foundation Learning and Support.

We pride ourselves on our excellent support and a Please note, many of Exeter College’s Level 1 courses are range of specialist programmes from Entry Level to based in the Foundation Learning and Support Faculty, Level 2 allow us to cater for all learners’ needs. We help however we do offer some in other faculties at Exeter build your confidence, self-esteem, social skills and College. Please see below for the full listing of the Level 1 functional skills to help you achieve qualifications courses we offer and where to find them in this guide. suitable for your ability. We ensure all students participate fully and equally and make necessary Do you want to work in or learn about? reasonable adjustments to allow you to reach >> Brickwork 64 your true potential and gain the most from your >> Business 61, 81 experience here at Exeter College. We are really >> Caring for Children 92 proud of how our students progress either within the >> Carpentry and Joinery 64 college or on to other local colleges, Apprenticeships >> Catering Craft (and Food Service) 97 or employment. You will always have full support >> Construction Skills 65 in and out of the classroom, with at least one >> Digital Media 81, 121 support worker present, and there is always someone available for support in between lessons, >> Expressive Arts 51, 81 for example, during lunchtimes and break times. >> Health and Social Care 82, 94 The purpose-built Ted Wragg building has bright, >> Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142 spacious classrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, IT >> Hospitality and Tourism 82, 142 suite, furnished flat to train independent living and >> Independence Gateway 80 easy access to the building and all floors. We have a >> Information Technology 82, 106 Work Inspiration Team to help you on your path to >> Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector 87 employment. See pages 19-20 for the locations map. >> Multi-skilled Body and Paint 57 Our Entry and Level 1 courses are designed to help >> Painting and Decorating 64 you to progress to: >> Plumbing 65 >> A full Level 2 qualification >> Progression Gateway 80 >> Skilled work or an Apprenticeship >> Public Services 83, 93 >> Independent living or supported employment >> Skills Gateway 80 >> Sport (Outdoor Adventure) 83, 135 >> GCSEs or other similar level courses >> Vehicle Maintenance and Repair - Light Vehicle 57 Courses have an emphasis on developing the practical and work-based skills that you use in the workplace. You can also find out about Prince’s Trust (Level 1), Practical work in specialist facilities, both at college and/ Work Skills Plus and Positive Pathways course or in work placements, will support you to develop the programmes on page 46. skills employers want. You will also improve your self- confidence and communication skills throughout your course as you develop your knowledge and understanding. For other options to get you started see page 46.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 78 Foundation Learning and Support

Level GCSE Fast Track 2 Level 2/GCSE Duration: 1 year

This course is unique in the UK because it enables you to gain four GCSEs in a year. You will study three mandatory subjects and will be able to choose a fourth subject. You will: >> Have an individual timetable based on mandatory GCSEs in English, Maths and Sociology or Biology (if you currently have a grade 3 in Science) plus one other GCSE >> Choose one option from the following: GCSE Art, Citizenship or Religious Studies >> Have a personal tutor with weekly tutor group sessions >> Receive preparation for progression on to Level 3 programmes >> Complete a week’s work experience after your final exams. Assessment is a mixture of presentations, practical work and final examinations in May and June. Choose this course if... you want to take your GCSEs or improve your current GCSE grades to enable you to progress on to a Level 3 course. Next steps: Most students progress to AS Levels or Vocational Level 3 programmes within Exeter College, in subjects ranging from Catering to Rhea Classical Civilisation. Some students “I have very much enjoyed college life, it’s been an have progressed on to Apprenticeships experience of a lifetime. My main achievements and some have gone on to full time employment. As part of your tutorial have been my final grades (three 8s and one 9) and programme, attention is given to making an amazing bunch of friends! The college employability skills and progression environment is very safe and friendly. Everyone is skills and progression which will link very helpful and the support provided to students directly to your work placement. You will is tremendous. The staff work really hard to make be supported with transition. this a pleasant and a memorable experience for Entry requirements: Entry is by personal everyone. Exeter College provides opportunities for interview with a member of the GCSE every single student to bloom and prosper like no Fast Track team. You need to have other. I intend to do an Access to Higher Education been working towards GCSE level Course in Science because I am really looking qualifications or have a grade 3 or 4 forward to pursuing a Degree in Science.” in English Language and/or Maths. There will be pre-course assessments Studying Fast Track GCSE to check your current level. Previously studied in India This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

79 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk 79 Entry Entry Entry Independence Level Skills Gateway Level Progression Gateway Level Gateway Entry Level 3 Entry Level 3 Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Entry Level Duration: 1-3 years This motivational, entry level This course aims to prepare and provide programme is a stepping stone towards you with excellent grounding to progress This course will help you to become further courses available at college, onto a Level 1 course. more independent through developing training or employment. your personal, social and life skills. You will: You will: > Have a personal tutor who will help You will: > Have a personal tutor who will help you with personal, social, emotional, >> Have your own personal tutor and you with your personal, emotional developmental and educational individual targets to work towards and social development and you will requirements. You will have >> Improve your life skills in college, the be set targets based on what you opportunities to attend 1-1 sessions workplace and within the community want and need to focus on to assist with college life and >> Participate in work experience > Undertake a range of community progression. Personal target setting placements based practical activities to help will contribute to achievement and >> Develop your English and Maths skills you build on both social and progress >> Have the opportunity to take part employability skills > Participate in meaningful and specific in the Ten Tors, Jubilee Challenge > Improve your English and Maths work placement in your chosen area and work on community projects skills > Infill into elevantr Level 1 vocational involving the National Trust > Undertake work experience in an areas cross-college to aid personal Assessment is continuous with regular area of your interest progression reviews built into your programme. Assessment is continuous. You will > Improve your English and Maths skills Choose this course if... you want the produce a portfolio of work by the year opportunity to try out new activities end. > Work towards a BTEC certificate by completing assignments which will help you build your skills Choose this course if... you are unsure in small, supportive groups. Through of what vocational area you want to > Gain skills in personal study, learning classroom, community and work-based move into. If you find working in the skills, research and producing activities the Independence Gateway classroom challenging, this course will assignments gives you the opportunity to develop give you a chance to work both inside Choose this course if... you are focussed both life and work skills. and outside of the classroom and build and know the area that you would like Next steps: After the course you could on practical skills. to progress into. move on within Exeter College to the Next steps: You could progress within Next steps: You could progress within Skills or Progression Gateway, a Level college to the Progression Gateway or college to one of the wide range of Level 1 programme or join the Supported one of the wide range of Level 1 courses 1 courses available. Level 2 programmes Internship Programme. There may also available. Level 2 programmes or the or the supported Internship are be opportunities within the community supported Internship are also available. also available. You may also seek or on a work training programme. You may also seek employment or an employment or an Apprenticeship. Entry requirements: This programme is Apprenticeship. Entry requirements: A clear focus on designed for students with additional Entry requirements: There are no formal your progression pathway, a positive learning needs who have attended entry requirements. Students just attitude towards learning and gaining specialist or mainstream schools. need enthusiasm, commitment and a skills to enable progression. There There will be an initial interview with a desire to succeed. All applicants are are no formal entry requirements, member of staff and a phased induction interviewed by a course tutor. Taster however, students may have just missed process. days will allow you to gain an insight out on the entry requirements for a This course takes place at the Hele Road into this course, these run throughout Level 1 course and a year improving site, see pages 19-20 for a map. the year. their grades and focusing on learning This course takes place at the Hele Road skills would be beneficial. Students site, see pages 19-20 for a map. need enthusiasm, commitment and a desire to succeed. All applicants are interviewed by a course tutor. Taster days will allow you to gain an insight into this course; these run throughout the year. This course takes place at the Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 80 Foundation Learning and Support

Level Level Level Business 1 Digital Media 1 Expressive Arts 1 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

Your interest in gaining a job in business If working in digital media appeals to This course offers you a broad-based will enable you to make the most of this you then this vocational course will introduction into Art, Design and vocational course, which provides an be a good choice. Performing Arts. If working within excellent introduction to business. these fields appeals, this vocational You will: course will be a good choice for you. It You will: >> Create an interactive presentation will help you develop the basic skills, >> Use practical skills, communication >> Create an animation knowledge and qualities you need to and team working skills to increase >> Shoot a short film progress. your business knowledge >> Create a storyboard and television >> Learn about businesses in our local You will: advert area, how to communicate with > Learn different ways of using various customers, how to brand a product >> Take part in a week’s work experience 2D art materials and how to create effective business >> Enhance your English and > Develop your practical creative skills presentations Maths ability > Take part in theatre trips >> Gain one week’s work experience >> Gain self-confidence and the > Be able to go on a week’s work >> Improve your transferable ICT, English knowledge to apply for jobs experience in the sector and Maths skills > Improve your ability in English and >> Understand and develop the skills >> Understand and develop the skills Maths and qualities necessary to work and qualities necessary to work in > Learn how to create your own in this industry this industry storyboard and script based on a You will be assessed by assignments You will be assessed by assignments play you have seen and coursework and will need to sit and coursework, with tests for Maths > Work with others in a team to tests for your English and Maths. and English. showcase your arts or performing arts skills Choose this course if... you want to Choose this course if... you enjoy being develop a range of skills you can use creative and have a practical approach > Plan and market an exhibition of in the business sector or progress to to learning. An interest in media is your work - either art or performing further study. important but experience is not, arts based just a willingness to learn. Next steps: On completion of this You will be assessed by assignments course, you will have the confidence Next steps: On successful completion and coursework, with tests for English to go on to a Level 2 course or an of this course you may be able to and Maths. progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Choose this course if... you want to Apprenticeship. Standard entry requirements: Minimum develop the skills to go onto a course of a grade 2 in English Language and Standard entry requirements: Minimum that will lead you into the Art or Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in of a grade 2 in English Language and Performing Arts industry. This course English and Maths, you will be required Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in is also a great choice if you want to to study for this alongside your course. English and Maths, you will be required develop your confidence and ability Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs to study for this alongside your course. to work with others in a practical at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs environment. at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements Next steps: On successful completion or recommendations: An interest in Subject specific entry requirements or of this course you may be able to gaining a job in the business industry recommendations: An interest in gaining progress to a Level 2 course or an is really important. a job in the digital media industry is Apprenticeship. Some students choose important. to seek employment. Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in Art or Performing Arts is important.

81 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Health and 1 Hospitality and 1 Information 1 Social Care Tourism Technology BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This course equips you with the basic If working in hospitality and tourism If you are looking for a career that uses skills and knowledge required for appeals, then this vocational course IT in the workplace, this course will give further study or employment in will be a good choice for you. you an excellent foundation. health and social care. You will: You will: You will: >> Research travel destinations and >> Improve your knowledge of both >> Increase your knowledge and prepare and cook food hardware and software understanding of the needs of >> Increase your understanding of >> Develop digital information using IT different people in care customer care and your ability >> Find out about health and social to take on a frontline customer >> Use digital communication care services service role technologies >> Take part in a week’s work >> Come up with solutions to >> Solve IT technical problems experience customer enquiries >> Create a spreadsheet >> Learn to work independently, as >> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and well as in a group take part in a week’s work experience >> Design a website >> Develop your confidence and your >> Gain self-confidence and the >> Learn to code ability in English and Maths knowledge to apply for jobs in the sector You will be assessed by assignments, >> Understand and develop the skills coursework and presentations, with and qualities necessary to work >> Understand and develop the skills tests for your English and Maths. in this industry and qualities necessary to work in this industry Choose this course if... you have an Health and social care units are >> Enhance your English and Maths ability aptitude for computers and are looking assessed by assignments and to pursue a career in IT. coursework, with tests for English You will be assessed by assignments and Maths. and coursework, with tests for Maths Next steps: On successful completion and English. of this course you may be able to Choose this course if... you enjoy caring progress to a Level 2 course or an for others and have a passion for Choose this course if... you enjoy Apprenticeship. working within care. The course content getting out and meeting people, covers people of all ages and looks at a helping people sort out problems, Standard entry requirements: Minimum range of different disabilities. cooking and preparing food, visiting of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Next steps: On successful completion of different attractions, and planning days out and holidays. English and Maths, you will be required this course you may be able to progress to study for this alongside your course. to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Next steps: On successful completion of Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs Standard entry requirements: Minimum this course you may be able to progress at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. of a grade 2 in English Language and Subject specific entry requirements or Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Standard entry requirements: Minimum recommendations: An interest in gaining English and Maths, you will be required of a grade 2 in English Language and a job in IT is really important. to study for this alongside your course. Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs English and Maths, you will be required at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs recommendations: An interest in gaining at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. a job in the health and social care Subject specific entry requirements or industry is important. recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is important.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 82 Foundation Learning and Support

Level Level Outdoor Adventure 1 Public Services 1 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This work-related course provides you This course offers you a broad with an insight into working within introduction to a career in public Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While services, and will help you develop the studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma basic skills, knowledge and qualities you you will also work towards gaining need to progress. introductory qualifications within You will: the industry. >> Take part in a variety of health and You will: fitness activities >> Take part in activities including >> Improve your team working skills kayaking, canoeing, climbing, >> Take part in an expedition on caving and mountain biking Dartmoor >> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor >> Improve your ability in English and Education Centre Maths in preparation for progression >> Develop your essential, transferable >> Understand and develop the skills skills in literacy and numeracy and qualities necessary to work in >> Gain practical experience and work this industry placements as part of the course >> Benefit from akingt part in work >> Understand and develop the skills experience and qualities necessary to work >> Have guest speakers and visits to a in this industry range of public service organisations >> Learn about first aid You will be assessed by assignments Assessment is through practical and coursework, with tests for Maths observation, witness statements, written and English. coursework and assignments. Choose this course if... you are thinking Choose this course if... you are thinking of a future career in the public sector. about a future in the world of sports You will be able to explore the wide and leadership. This course is a great range of services and job roles as you platform for you to develop your build up the essential skills needed confidence, sporting ability, leadership for any public service job, such as, and coaching style. confidence, team building, leadership, Next steps: You could progress to the organisation, problem solving and fitness. Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure or apply Next steps: On successful completion of for an Apprenticeship in outdoor this course you may be able to progress education. to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Standard entry requirements: Minimum Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a grade 2 in English Language and of a grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the recommendations: An interest in gaining personal qualities required to work a job in the public sector is important. in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry. This course takes place at Haven Banks OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map.

83 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Open Events.

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020 Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 84 Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry.

Are you creative, artistic and enjoy working with people? Do you want to help others look and feel good? Come and learn the skills to join this exciting, energy filled industry, where no two days are the same! We have fantastic commercial hair salons, beauty clinics, theatrical make-up studios and a spa. You will have the opportunity to train in the faculty’s showcase salon Zeal @ Exeter College at the Laurence Building on our Hele Road site (see pages 19-20 for a map). Our H2B professional treatments are available to visitors from all over the south west. For all courses you will need to purchase a salon uniform and practical kit.

Apprenticeships are also available, see pages 145-164.

85 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Corey “I picked my course because I have always wanted to work in hairdressing. I progressed from the Level 2 course onto the Level 3 at Exeter College. I have really enjoyed meeting new people, making new friends and all the support from the teaching staff. I am looking forward to starting work in a salon as I’m fully qualified now and can start building up my client base. I would definitely recommend Exeter College because it’s a good place to learn your trade and build confidence.” Studying Hairdressing Level 3 Diploma Previously studied at Sidmouth Community College

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 86 Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry

Level Level Level Introduction to the 1 Barbering 2 Beauty Retail 2 Hair and Beauty Sector Level 2 NVQ Diploma Level 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year This course is designed for learners This practical based training is ideal who work in or wish to pursue a career preparation for gaining employment This course blends theory and practice in barbering. in beauty retail or further specialist to prepare you for a profession that training within the industry. is much in demand. You will: >> Advise and consult with clients You will: You will: >> Cover all of the work specific core >> Learn to shampoo, condition, colour >> Shampoo, condition and treat the skills and knowledge in beauty retail and style men and women’s hair hair and scalp >> Explore different products and >> Study skin care, basic make-up >> Cut hair using basic techniques, selling techniques and study the application and manicure and create basic outlines and detailing concepts of promotional planning, nail art in hair marketing methods and successful >> Cut facial hair to shape using basic >> Attend industry exhibitions retailing techniques and assist with shaving >> Work in our welcoming centre with services >> Develop professional customer professional hairdressing salons, service and communication skills beauty salons and spa >> Have the opportunity to attend industry exhibitions and industry >> Study practical skills in >> Experience a busy, commercial workshops performing skin care and make-up environment and work with demonstrations real clients You will be assessed by creating >> Have the opportunity to engage in a portfolio of evidence. Online >> Enhance your transferable skills in enrichment activities and workshops English, Maths and Personal Social examinations will also contribute Development to your coursework. You will be assessed through externally set and externally marked exams and Choose this course if… you wish to Practical, theoretical and verbal skills assignments. with clients will be assessed, along pursue a career in the barbering with your portfolio of evidence. You industry and enjoy being creative, Choose this course if… you enjoy will also be assessed on your written artistic and working within a thriving the promotion and sales industry. assignments. environment. The Level 2 NVQ Diploma This qualification will cover all of the in Barbering provides the necessary technical skills and knowledge needed Choose this course if… you are starting skills and knowledge that prove to work as a beauty or cosmetics retailer. out in hair and beauty, enjoy making occupational competence as a Next steps: You could go on to an others look good and want to gain a junior barber. basic understanding of the industry. Apprenticeship or employment in This course is also ideal if you want to Next steps: Following successful beauty retail, working in a department prepare for further learning or training completion of this qualification you may store, or for a specialist make-up or within the hair and beauty sector. progress to employment or progress on skin care company. to the NVQ3 Diploma in Barbering. Next steps: On successful completion of Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 the course (with functional skills English Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in and Maths at Level 1) you can progress in English Language and grade 3 in Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at to Level 2 or seek an Apprenticeship in Maths. Plus, you will need GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 hairdressing. grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction to the Hair and Diploma in Introduction to the Hair Beauty Sector). Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 and Beauty Sector). in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent.

87 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Beauty Therapy 2 Cutting and Styling 2 Hair Colouring 2 Level 2 Technical Certificate Services Services Duration: 1 year Level 2 Technical Certificate Level 2 Technical Certificate Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year This Beauty Therapy course will provide you with a range of essential practical This course will provide you with a This practical based training is ideal skills and theory knowledge, which range of essential technical practical preparation for gaining employment in prepare you for employment or further skills and knowledge that will help the hairdressing industry or for further training within the beauty industry. to equip you when you enter the specialist study. You will: hairdressing industry. You will: >> Learn to perform a range of You will: >> Study the principles of hairdressing treatments, including manicures, >> Study the principles of hairdressing and barbering services pedicures, hair removal, facial and barbering services treatments, lash and brow >> Learn to colour and lighten hair treatments, application of make-up >> Learn how to shampoo, condition >> Understand styling and finishing and light cured gel polish and treat the hair and scalp services >> Gain an understanding of the >> Style, set and dress hair >> Work closely with employers who anatomy and physiology of the body >> Cut hair using basic techniques contribute to the knowledge and and be able to apply this knowledge >> Have the opportunity to attend delivery of training when carrying out a range of beauty industry exhibitions and industry >> Have the opportunity to attend therapy treatments workshops industry exhibitions and industry >> Develop an understanding of safe >> Experience a busy, commercial workshops working practices within the environment and work with >> Experience a busy, commercial beauty industry real clients environment and work with >> Learn professional communication You will be assessed through externally real clients skills and the techniques to actively set and externally marked exams and You will be assessed through externally promote products and services assignments. set and externally marked exams and >> Attend professional workshops assignments. and have the opportunity to gain Choose this course if… you wish to additional qualifications within pursue a career in hairdressing working Choose this course if… you wish to the industry within a thriving environment, enjoy pursue a career in hairdressing, working being creative, artistic and making within a thriving industry, enjoy being >> Research the history of Spa and others look and feel good. creative, artistic and are passionate gain an introduction to this aspect about making others look and feel good. of the industry Next steps: On completion of this qualification you will be able to work in Next steps: You could go on to work in You will be assessed through externally a number of employment destinations a number of employment destinations set and externally marked exams and such as hairdressing salons or hotels. within the hairdressing industry or assignments. Alternatively, progress on to the Level 3 progress on to the Level 3 Advanced Choose this course if… you enjoy making Advanced Technical Diploma in Technical Diploma in Hairdressing. Hairdressing upon completion of the people feel good about themselves Entry requirements: You will need to Level 2 Technical Certificate in Hair and have a passion for the beauty and have completed the Level 2 Technical Colouring Services. wellbeing industry. Certificate for Cutting and Styling Next steps: You could work within the Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 Services. Internal applicants will industry for a cosmetic company or in a in English Language and grade 4 Maths. also need a reference from their beauty salon or clinic. Alternatively, you Plus, you will need at least two GCSEs former tutor. may progress to the Level 3 Advanced at grade 3 or above. Technical Diploma in Beauty and Spa. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language and grade 3 in Did you know? Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent (Level 1 We have a Diploma in Introduction to the Hair showcase salon and Beauty Sector). ‘Zeal @ Exeter College’, Subject specific entry requirements in which you can or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 in Science. experience a busy, commercial working environment.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 88 Hairdressing, Beauty and Make-Up Artistry

Level Level Level Make-Up Artistry 2 Beauty and Spa 3 Hairdressing 3 Level 2 Technical Certificate Therapy Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year This course will provide you with a This course aims to provide you with a range of essential practical skills and range of specialist practical skills and This course provides you with a wide knowledge, which will equip you to technical knowledge which will equip range of specialist practical skills and seek employment or further specialist you to seek employment within the technical knowledge, which will equip you training within the make-up industry. hairdressing industry. to seek employment or further training You will: within the beauty and spa industry. It You will: >> Discover the art of applying make-up builds on skills acquired during your >> Learn how to cut hair using a >> Develop skills in hair artistry and Level 2 Beauty Therapy studies. combination of techniques creative make-up artistry You will: >> Creatively colour and lighten hair >> Research, develop and showcase >> Learn facial electrotherapy treatments, >> Carry out hairdressing consultation make-up and hair artistry designs including micro-dermabrasion services >> Learn about anatomy and physiology techniques >> Creatively style and dress hair for make-up artists >> Perform body analysis and body >> Carry out hair colour correction >> Study the principles of working in electrotherapy treatments to services improve body and skin conditions the make-up industry >> Have the opportunity to work with >> Learn how to prepare, monitor and You will be assessed through externally local employers who will provide maintain spa equipment and provide set and externally marked exams and demonstrations and talks on a variety of dry spa treatments assignments. the industry >> Learn a range of body massage You will be assessed creating a portfolio Choose this course if… you enjoy being therapies creative and are passionate about using of evidence. Online examinations will >> Provide Indian head massage make-up and hair styling to achieve a also contribute to your coursework. treatments variety of different looks. You will have Choose this course if… you wish to >> Develop essential skills for promoting opportunities to gain work specific develop your skills to an advanced sales and products within a business skills and knowledge, developing level. This qualification aims to provide looks from day make-up to bridal >> Develop an in depth understanding you with a range of specialist practical and special occasion. of anatomy and physiology of the skills and technical knowledge which body and be able to apply this Next steps: You could progress on will equip you to seek employment or knowledge within beauty and to the Level 3 Advanced Technical further training within the hairdressing spa treatments Diploma in Theatrical, Special Effects industry. It is ideal if you enjoy being and Media Make-Up Artistry. >> Attend professional workshops creative, artistic and enjoy the challenge and have the opportunity to gain of carrying out advanced technical Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 additional qualifications within services within a busy salon environment. in English Language and grade 3 in the industry Maths. Plus, you will need two GCSEs Standard entry requirements: You will at grade 3 or above, or equivalent You will be assessed by an externally need to have completed the Level 2 (Level 1 Diploma in Introduction set and marked exam and by a final Technical Certificate for Cutting and to the Hair and Beauty Sector). practical synoptic assignment. Styling Services, a Level 2 Technical Certificate for Hair Colouring Services, Choose this course if… you are Subject specific entry requirement a VRQ2 in Hairdressing or an NVQ2 in progressing within the beauty therapy or recommendations: GCSE grade 3 Hairdressing. Internal applicants will industry and want to cover all of or above in Art. also need a reference from their former the advanced technical skills and tutor. knowledge needed to work as a senior beauty, massage or spa therapist. Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the advanced skills and knowledge necessary to be employed as a senior beauty or spa therapist in a beauty clinic, salon, spa, cruise ship or leisure centre. Entry requirements: You must have successfully completed a Level 2 Beauty Therapy course.

89 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Barbering 3 Theatrical, Special Effects 3 Level 3 NVQ Diploma and Media Make-Up Artistry Duration: 1 year Level 3 Advanced Technical Diploma Duration: 1 year This course is designed for learners who wish to pursue a career in the barbering industry at an advanced level. This This qualification covers a very wide range of skills and course aims to provide you with a range of specialist practical knowledge to provide you with the specialist practical skills skills and technical knowledge which will equip you for this which will prepare you to work independently in the theatrical thriving industry. and media make-up industry. It builds on skills acquired You will: during your Level 2 Make-Up Artistry studies or equivalent. >> Learn how to creatively cut hair using a combination You will: of barbering techniques >> Learn how to create, cast and apply prosthetics pieces >> Design and create a range of facial hair shapes and bald caps >> Provide shaving services >> Create and develop your own inspirational avant-garde looks >> Provide consultation services >> Learn how to carry out styling and basic hair cutting >> Have the opportunity to work with local employers who techniques for a range of media productions will provide demonstrations and talks >> Explore the use of blogging platforms for promotions You will be assessed by creating a portfolio of evidence. >> Develop an understanding of the creative make-up Online examinations will also contribute to your coursework. designs for productions and industry demands Choose this course if… you enjoy being creative, artistic and >> Experiment with a range of special effects techniques enjoy the challenge of carrying out advanced services within and create casualty characters a busy salon environment. This qualification aims to provide >> Create, dress and fit a range of facial postiche you with specialist practical skills, which are ideal if you want >> Explore and create costumes and props to complement to progress to an advanced level. overall images Entry requirements: You will need to have completed a Level 2 >> Research and plan body art for competitions Barbering qualification. Internal applicants will also need You will be assessed by an externally set and marked exam a reference from their former tutor. and by a final practical synoptic assignment. You will produce a portfolio of creative work. Choose this course if… you are progressing within the make-up industry and want to cover all of the advanced skills and knowledge needed to work as a theatrical and media make-up artist. Next steps: Achievement of this qualification demonstrates to an employer that you have the necessary advanced technical skills to potentially be employed as a theatrical and media make-up artist and could lead to a career as a theatre, film or TV make-up artist, make-up designer or product developer. Alternatively, you could progress into higher education and a degree course within this subject area. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Plus, you must have successfully completed a Level 2 course in Make-Up Artistry.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 90 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services.

If you are caring, compassionate and are interested in and committed to the safety, health and wellbeing of people or have an interest in public services, health and social care, childcare, policing or uniformed services, then these courses are just right for you. You will benefit from fantastic community links with over 200 employers including the NHS, fire service, prison service, schools, nurseries, police, health and social care providers and the armed forces. These courses take place in our Hele Building - see pages 19-20 for a map.

Apprenticeships are also available, Jessica see pages 145-164. “I decided to enrol on this course because I really enjoy working with children and it has given me plenty of opportunities and new experiences. During my time at Exeter College I have enjoyed learning new things and meeting new people. After college I hope to go on to work caring for children and teaching. Exeter College is a really nice place to be and everyone is so lovely and supportive.” Studying Childcare and Education Level 3 Previously studied at Exmouth Community College

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

91 Level Caring for Children 1 BTEC Level 1 Diploma Duration: 1 year

Working with young children can be incredibly rewarding. This course gives you the skills and knowledge to begin a career in childcare. You will: >> Learn about the communication, physical and emotional needs of young children >> Learn to provide stimulating physical and creative activities >> Focus on wellbeing issues such as healthy eating and child safety >> Take part in a personal, social development programme >> Develop your skills in English and Maths >> Have an opportunity to undertake a work placement, within the age range 0-5 years Assessment is continuous with an assignment for each unit. Choose this course if… you have a passion for wanting to work with or care and support children. Next steps: You may be able to go on to a NCFE CACHE Level 2 Diploma either in childcare, health and social care or in a different area, or you may wish to go on to an Apprenticeship. Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in working with children. You also need a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check as part of the application process.

Did you know?

From September

2020 we will be introducing new T Levels in Education and Childcare - see page 41-42 for more information. Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 92 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

Level Level Level 2 Level3 1 Early Years EducationEducation and and 3 Public Services Childcare Practitioner Childcare BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma T Level Duration: 1 year NCFE CACHE Level 2 Diploma T Level Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 2 years This course offers you a broad introduction to a career in public If you know you want to work in early This course is aimed at learners who services, and will help you develop the years, this course is ideal as it prepares wish to develop their knowledge basic skills, knowledge and qualities you you for supervised employment in an and skills working with children and need to progress. early years setting. young people aged 0–19. The course is designed to ensure that learners have You will: You will: the knowledge and skills needed to >> Take part in a variety of health and >> Learn about child development from progress into employment or further fitness activities birth to seven years study in the childcare sector. >> Improve your team working skills >> Benefit from 280 hours of work experience as an early years You will: >> Take part in an expedition on assistant > Study a core set of knowledge, Dartmoor concepts and skills. You will learn >> Understand about supporting >> Improve your ability in English and about childcare and education children’s physical care needs in Maths in preparation for progression contexts, how a young person an early years setting and learning >> Understand and develop the skills develops and how children with through play and qualities necessary to work in special educational needs interact this industry Assessment is by assignments, with education >> Benefit from akingt part in work observation and written work. > Develop your English, maths and experience Choose this course if… you have a digital skills to industry standard >> Have guest speakers and visits to a passion for wanting to work with, and study specialist knowledge in range of public service organisations or care and support children. specific areas > Undertake industry placements You will be assessed by assignments Next steps: You can progress to the with employers in different settings. and coursework, with tests for English T Level in Education and Childcare, You will develop knowledge of the and Maths. providing you achieve the Level 2 Early Years Foundation Stage and Diploma at a Merit grade and hold GCSE Choose this course if… you are thinking National Curriculum English Language and Maths at grade 4 of a future career in the public sector. You or above. Completion of the CACHE Level You will be assessed through external will be able to explore the wide range 3 Certificate/Diploma in Childcare and assessments and a substantial of services and job roles as you build Education will grant you full professional employer set project via practical up the essential skills needed for any Early Years Educator status. Alternatively, assessments of skills. public service job, such as, confidence, you could progress to an Apprenticeship team building, leadership, organisation, Choose this course if… you enjoy in the childcare sector. problem solving and fitness. the idea of being involved in the Standard entry requirements: You will care, development and education of Next steps: On successful completion of need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above children and young people aged 0-19. this course you may be able to progress (including English Language and Maths), to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Next steps: You can progress directly plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 into skilled employment in the Standard entry requirements: Minimum or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in education or youth work sector. You of a Grade 2 in English Language and English and Maths, you will be required can also progress onto technical Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in to study for this alongside your course. education or an Apprenticeship. English and Maths, you will be required Subject specific entry requirements to study for this alongside your course. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 or recommendations: You will also Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs in GCSE English Language and Maths. need a Disclosure and Barring Service at grade 2 or above, or equivalent You will need four GCSEs at grade (DBS) check as part of the application 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners Subject specific entry requirements or process. You will be invited to interview, progressing from a Level 2 course will recommendations: An interest in gaining where you will need to show you are need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a job in the public sector is really committed to completing the course a good Merit profile or Cache Level important. and that you aim to improve your 2 achieved, along with English and numeracy and literacy skills. During This course takes place in the Ted Wragg Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or interview, we will look at your school Building, see pages 19-20 for a map. equivalent). report to ensure your attendance and behaviour has been to a good standard. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Learners must have enthusiasm and passion about working with children and young people.

93 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Public Services 2 Public Services 3 Health and Social Care 1 BTEC Level 2 First Diploma BTEC Level 3 Foundation/ BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year Extended Diploma (uniformed) Duration: 1 year Duration: 1-2 years This course allows you to develop the This course equips you with the basic essential knowledge, understanding This course is designed to give you the skills and knowledge required for and skills common for a range of Public knowledge and skills to enable you to further study or employment in health Services such as police, fire, ambulance, pursue a career in one of the Public and social care. armed forces, prison services, HM Services. You will: Revenue and Customs, and community You will: >> Increase your knowledge and services (such as probation and >> Learn how Public Services prepare for understanding of the needs of social services). and deal with major incidents and different people in care You will: emergencies >> Find out about health and social >> Gain the skills and qualities required >> Prepare for and take part in team care services for a successful career in public building exercises, including an >> Take part in a week’s work services overnight residential, linking to land experience >> Study expedition skills, navigation, based skills for outdoor adventurous >> Learn to work independently as well adventurous activities and teamwork activities/water based skills as in a group >> Undertake a residential >> Study topics such as exercise, health >> Develop your confidence and your and lifestyle, citizenship and the legal >> Interact with personnel from a range ability in English and Maths of Public Services organisations system >> Understand and develop the skills >> Discuss government policies relating >> Develop an understanding of and qualities necessary to work in to public services and learn from the context and operations this industry of Public Services guest speakers who are employed in the field Health and social care units are >> Investigate the differences between assessed by assignments and Public Services organisations >> Have the opportunity to participate in trips and events organised and coursework, with tests for English >> Identify levels of fitness required delivered by key emergency and and Maths. for each service military services Choose this course if… you enjoy caring Assessment is by assignments, >> Consider crime and its impact for others and have a passion for presentations, observation and on society working within care. The course content written work. covers people of all ages and also looks You will be assessed through the at a range of different disabilities. Choose this course if… you have a coursework completed using a variety passion for working to help protect and of assessment, with the possibility of Next steps: On successful completion of develop your community, or wish to some external assessments. this course you may be able to progress develop your personal and professional to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. characteristics critical towards career Choose this course if… you have a progression. passion for working to help protect and Standard entry requirements: Minimum develop your community, or wish to of a Grade 2 in English Language and Next steps: You could progress to the develop your personal and professional Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in BTEC Level 3 Foundation/Extended characteristics which are critical towards English and Maths, you will be required Diploma in Public Services or other career progression. to study for this alongside your course. advanced courses if you achieve a Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs You will initially be enrolled on to the merit or distinction. Alternatively, at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. you may seek employment in a related Foundation Diploma and enrolled on field or take a training placement. to the Extended Diploma on successful Subject specific entry requirements or completion of your first year. recommendations: An interest in gaining Standard entry requirements: You will a job in the health and social care Next steps: You may go on to apply need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above industry is important. (including English Language and Maths), for employment in the Public Services plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or progress to university level study, for This course takes place in the Ted Wragg or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in example, progressing to a Public Services Building, see pages 19-20 for a map. English and Maths, you will be required Foundation Degree at Exeter College. to study for this alongside your course. Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above Subject specific entry requirements or (including English Language and Maths), recommendations: This is a vocational plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 course so an interest in gaining a job or above. in a related area is important.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 94 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services

Level Level Level Health and Social Care 2 Health and Social Care 3 Social Care 3 BTEC Level 2 First Extended Certificate Level 3 Foundation/Extended Diploma Level 3 Certificate/Extended Duration: 1 year Duration: 2 years Certificate Duration: 2 years This academic course covers the core This course is designed to give you knowledge and skills required to work the knowledge and skills to enable This course is combined with two other in health and social care environments. you to pursue a career in Health A Levels and it prepares you for a career and Social Care. You will: in health and social care. >> Learn about topics such as human You will: You will: lifespan development, health and >> Look at development through the >> Look at human lifespan development social care values and equality life stages >> Study meeting individual care and diversity >> Study anatomy and physiology for and support needs >> Gain vocational experience through health and social care >> Assess Working in Health and a minimum of 25 hours in a health >> Learn how to communicate Social Care or social care setting effectively in a professional setting >> Study one additional vocationally >> Research, plan and produce your >> Understand health, safety, relevant module own health promotion activity safeguarding and equality >> Have the opportunity to implement requirements You will be assessed through a mixture a creative and therapeutic activity >> Benefit from a minimum of of exams and synoptic reports. during your placement 200 hours of work experience in Choose this course if… you would >> Be involved in charity fundraising vocational settings and take like to study this course alongside events during the course part in professional visits other A Levels. It is also ideal if you Assessment is by assignments, You will be assessed through wish to pursue a career in (amongst external examinations, observation assignments, observations, others) nursing, midwifery, paramedic and written work. presentations and some assessments, science, social work, medical practice, work experience and the production psychology and youth work. It also Choose this course if… you wish to of a substantial portfolio. gives opportunities for employment/ pursue a career in (amongst others) Apprenticeships in the health and social nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, Choose this course if… you wish to sector. social work, psychology and youth pursue a career in (amongst others) work. It also gives opportunities for nursing, midwifery, paramedic science, Next steps: You could go on to employment/Apprenticeships in the social work, psychology and youth university level study, for example, health and social sector. work. It also gives opportunities for progressing on to a Health and Social employment/Apprenticeships in the Care Foundation Degree at Exeter Next steps: You could go on to apply for health and social sector. College or further study in a wide employment in health and social care range of health and social care related or progress to an Apprenticeship, BTEC Next steps: You could go on to Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such Level 3 Diploma or Extended Diploma. university level study, for example, as nursing, teaching and social work. progressing on to a Health and Social Standard entry requirements: You will Care Foundation Degree at Exeter Entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above College or further study in a wide grade 4 or above, including English (including English Language and Maths), range of health and social care related Language, Maths and Science. plus two additional GCSEs at grade 2 Degrees and Diplomas, in subjects such or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in This course can be combined as nursing, teaching and social work. English and Maths, you will be required with others (see pages 43-44) and goes to study for this alongside your course. Standard entry requirements: You will especially well with Biology, Psychology need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above and Sociology. Subject specific entry requirements or (including English Language and Maths), recommendations: You will be required plus two additional GCSEs at grade 3 to complete a Disclosure and Barring or above. Service (DBS) check for your work placements. Subject specific entry requirements or See our full recommendations: You will be required range of A Level to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check for your work and BTEC placements. Science is recommended Certificate at grade 4 or above if you wish to courses become a nurse or work in a health on pages 43-44. related field.

95 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Hospitality and Catering

Apprenticeships are also available, Hospitality see pages 145-164. and Catering.

If you are passionate about food and drink and want to For all catering and hospitality courses, you will need prepare, cook and serve great food, then come and train to buy practical equipment and uniforms, a full list of in our fantastic professional industry standard kitchens these will be available on enrolment. and study food and drink in our lecture rooms. You could practice your food service, beverage and barista skills in our top class commercial restaurant, @thirty-four.

Harrison (pictured centre) studied Introduction to Professional Cookery Level 1, 2 and 3 Diplomas Harrison and Professional Food and Beverage Service Level 1 and Level “My course allowed me to 2 Diplomas. He went on to work experience both front and back experience placements at The of house service training and a Waterside Inn, Bray and Lemanoir work experience placement at Aux Quat’saisons, Oxford. He was L’Ortolan that gave me a first a sous chef working with John hand experience in a fine dining Burton Race at the Grosvenor establishment.” Hotel, and then worked at the Millbrook Inn, Southpool. He started to run his own pop-ups in 2018 at various establishments around Devon. He now is Chef Patron at Gather in Totnes, which is run with two former catering students (pictured - Declan and Oli).

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 96 Hospitality and Catering

Level Level Level Catering Craft 1 Professional Cookery 1 Professional Cookery 1 (and Food Service) VRQ1 Diploma - Michael Caines Academy Duration: 1 year Level 1 NVQ Diploma VRQ1 Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year This course will allow you to develop your passion and skills for cookery, This vocational programme will provide The Michael Caines Academy combines whilst developing your ability to work you with a superb foundation for practical, professional catering and under pressure and as part of a team a career in the hospitality industry hospitality qualifications, with a range in the hospitality industry. and applicants will require no prior of visits, experiences, work placements knowledge of hospitality. The course will You will: and demonstrations involving give you all the foundation knowledge >> Develop a variety of catering craft the region’s most renowned food in theory and practice to allow you to skills to a high standard experts. It is designed to nurture the progress on to Level 2 NVQ. >> Work towards a VRQ1 Certificate in region’s future generation of talented restaurateurs, chefs, restaurant You will: Food and Beverage Service and a managers, waiters and front of >> Gain valuable, hands on experience Diploma in Professional Cookery house staff. in a real working environment >> Work within the superbly equipped >> Practice skills in food preparation @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens You will: and cookery >> Study different ways to prepare hot >> Develop your catering craft skills to an exceptional standard >> Practice skills in food and drink and cold food service >> Gain an understanding of health and >> Experience visits, placements, ‘farm to fork’ and ‘vine to glass’ sessions >> Work as part of a team in our fully safety and food safety issues equipped @thirty-four kitchens >> Learn skills in areas such as dealing >> Enjoy challenging practical and and outlets with customers, bar service and theoretical workshops >> Learn about employment in the menu planning >> Attend masterclasses from industry leaders such as Michael Caines hospitality industry Assessment is by a combination of >> Develop transferable skills assignments and practical examinations. >> Study for a Certificate in Food and through studying a Personal Social Beverage Service and a Diploma in Choose this course if… you would Development programme as well as Professional Cookery like to be introduced to professional Maths and English >> Work within the superbly equipped cookery, food service and customer @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens You will be continually assessed within care skills and help develop your work the working environment. and organisational practices within the >> Attend a period of work placement catering industry. Choose this course if… you would like to You will be regularly assessed at work. gain more confidence in your abilities of Next steps: You could progress to the Choose this course if… you are looking food handling and professional aptitude Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery to undertake high quality, industry within the hospitality industry. to further your career opportunities. standard training and have a real Next steps: You could progress to a Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 passion for cooking and the industry. It full time NVQ Level 2 or a Diploma in in English Language and Maths. If you is ideal if you have the goal of becoming Professional Cookery to gain further don’t have a grade 4 in English and a professional chef and perhaps owning skills and knowledge, or seek work in Maths, you will be required to study for your own restaurant in the future. the industry whilst continuing your this alongside your course. Plus, you Next steps: You could progress to the studies on an Apprenticeship scheme. will need one GCSE at grade 3 or Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery above, or equivalent. Standard entry requirements: Grade 2 to further your career opportunities. in English Language and Maths. If you Subject specific entry requirements Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in don’t have a grade 4 in English and or recommendations: You must be English Language and Maths. Plus, you Maths, you will be required to study for keen and interested in hospitality will need one GCSE at grade 4 or above, this alongside your course. Plus, you and catering and have an aptitude or equivalent. will need two GCSEs at grade 2 or for hospitality skills. above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You must be Subject specific entry requirements or keen and interested in hospitality recommendations: You must be keen and catering and have an aptitude for and interested in hospitality hospitality skills. A two day selection and catering. process will also form part of the entry requirements.

97 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Professional Cookery 2 Professional Cookery 2 Professional Cookery X2 (and Food and Beverage VRQ2 Diploma - Michael Caines Academy Duration: 1 year Service) VRQ2 Diploma Duration: 1 year Level 2 NVQ Diploma This course blends theory and practice Duration: 1 year to further develop your existing catering The Michael Caines Academy combines craft skills to the next level. practical, professional catering and This progression course will build on You will: hospitality qualifications with a range the skills and knowledge you have >> Further develop your ability to work of visits, experiences, work placements gained whilst studying the NVQ Level under pressure and as part of a team and demonstrations involving the 1 programme, providing you with the region’s most renowned food experts. opportunity to further develop your >> Continue to practice and hone craft skills in both culinary and food your practical and professional You will: service operations. The programme will cookery skills >> Continue your studies in a wide range teach you the theory, preparation and >> Work towards a VRQ2 Diploma in of top quality food preparation cooking of a wide variety of dishes and Food and Beverage Service and a >> Investigate the catering and hospitality service in all areas. Diploma in Professional Cookery hospitality industry You will: >> Study principles of customer service in >> Cover areas such as costing and >> Prepare, cook and finish basic hot hospitality, leisure, travel and tourism menu planning, healthier foods sauces and soups >> Increase your knowledge of health and special diets >> Cook and finish asicb fish, meat, and safety, food safety and menu >> Experience competitions, work poultry and vegetable dishes planning placements and overseas >> Learn how to maintain a safe, >> Work within the superbly equipped residential visits hygienic and secure working @thirty-four restaurant and kitchens >> Develop your understanding and environment Assessment is by theoretical and delivery of excellent customer >> Work effectively as part of a practical examinations. service hospitality team >> Learn first hand from top chefs such Choose this course if… you enjoy as Michael Caines, Mark Dodson, You will be continuously assessed working as part of a team and would Peter Gorton and others within the college’s realistic working like to carry on with your introduction environment. to professional cookery and develop >> Attend a period of work placement your skills. Choose this course if… you enjoy the You will be assessed by practical and customer relation side of the industry Next steps: You could progress to theoretical examinations. and are becoming serious about a role the Level 3 Diploma in Professional Choose this course if… you enjoy all within hospitality. Cookery or Level 3 Diploma in Food aspects of the industry and would like and Beverage Service Supervision to progress with the above experiences Next steps: You could progress to a to further your career opportunities, Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Professional and you would like to compete in or you could apply for employment various competitions. Cookery (Kitchen and Larder) or find or an Apprenticeship. employment in the hospitality industry. Next steps: You could progress to Entry requirements: This is a Entry requirements: This is a progression the next stage of this course (Level 3 progression course and you must Diploma in Food and Beverage Service course and you must have successfully have successfully completed the VRQ1 completed the Level 1 NVQ Diploma in Supervision), seek an Apprenticeship or Diploma in Professional Cookery. You apply for employment in a related field. Professional Cookery or Level 1 NVQ must also be keen and interested in in Catering Craft and have achieved hospitality and catering. Entry requirements: You must have functional skills in English and Maths. successfully completed the VRQ Level 1 Diploma in Professional Cookery, have excellent attendance, a positive reference from your tutor and during Did you know? your progression meeting have

Our @thirty-four demonstrated excellence.

fine dining teaching and learning restaurant has recently achieved a prestigious AA College Rosette Award.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 98 Hospitality and Catering

Level Level Food and Beverage 3 Professional Cookery 3 Service Supervision (Kitchen and Larder) VRQ Level 3 Diploma Level 3 NVQ Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This is the advanced course of our This progression course will build on the programmes. You will have the skills and knowledge you have gained opportunity to develop advanced skills whilst studying the Level 2 programme. in specialist areas, including table It will provide you with the opportunity theatre, barista, alcoholic beverage to further develop your craft skills in service and Gueridon service work. culinary operations, both in a kitchen classroom environment and working in You will: different sections of the busy college >> Take on a supervisory role for health restaurant. The qualification also and safety and food safety requires the supervision of Level 2 >> Study gastronomy and food culture kitchen students in a controlled Our Michael >> Investigate principles of promoting environment around the kitchen. Caines Academy food and beverage services and You will: products nurtures the region’s >> Prepare, cook and finish complex future generation >> Study legal and social responsibilities dishes including meat and poultry, of a Personal Licence Holder fish, soups and sauces, patisserie of talented >> Provide advice to customers on and petits fours restaurateurs, chefs food and beverage matching >> Learn how to maintain a safe, hygienic and waiters. >> Supervise hospitality events and secure working environment in a supervisory manner Assessment is by assignments and practical examinations. >> Work effectively as part of a hospitality team and supervise Choose this course if… you enjoy others restaurant and bar service and are >> Gain knowledge and understanding looking for a successful career in of kitchen HACCP systems and health the hospitality business. As the face and safety procedures of the industry you can learn all the skills needed to become a successful You will be continuously assessed professional and go on to work at within the college realistic working prestigious hotels, restaurants, cool environment. cocktail bars, resorts and events both Choose this course if… you enjoy in the UK or overseas. challenging yourself to the limit by Next steps: On completion of this course having the opportunity to compete in you could progress to a Level 4 various competitions and would like to Higher Diploma in subjects such as experience what it is like to work with culinary or kitchen management, Higher different cultures and approaches to the National Diploma (HND), Foundation food industry. Degree or gain employment within the Next steps: You could find employment catering and hospitality industry. in the hospitality industry. Entry requirements: This is a Entry requirements: You must have progression course and you must successfully completed the Level 2 have successfully completed the Diploma in Professional Cookery or Level 2 Diploma in Professional Cookery Catering Craft and have achieved and Food and Beverage Service. You functional skills in English and Maths. must also be interested in hospitality and catering.

99 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Humanities

Humanities. We also offer Classical Civilisation Humanities subjects give you the chance to analyse and understand the world around you. - see page 77. Whether you choose to study physical features of the landscape, the impact of globalisation on our culture and economy or how events of the past have shaped our present, you will leave college with high level skills of enquiry and analysis that are prized by universities and employers. These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Tom “I very much recommend Exeter College, you can get what you want from it. I’ve really enjoyed my subjects and doing A Levels was even better than I expected. I chose the college because I was looking to make new friends and have a fresh start and that is exactly what it’s been. I genuinely loved the process of applying to the University of Oxford. The whole process, including the interviews and exams, was all based on problem-solving and critical thinking which was really interesting and fun to do. Exeter College helped me with my personal statement and my studies at college really helped too and I used past exam papers to practice.” Studying Maths, Economics and Politics A Levels Previously studied at

100 Humanities

Level Level Level Applied Psychology 3 Geography 3 Economics 3 BTEC Level Certificate/ A Level AS/A Level Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

Psychology is a fascinating and varied This course will give you an Economics relates to every aspect of subject, offering an exciting opportunity understanding of the environmental our lives, from the decisions individuals to explore many different areas of challenges caused by our impact on the make to the policies of governments. psychology, providing a broad basis for natural world, through climate change You will: later specialisation. The applied nature and hazards and also provide an insight >> Develop a deep knowledge of the course provides a platform to into the effect of globalisation on human of economic forces and an put theory into practical use. rights and trade. understanding of how they shape You will: You will: the world around us >> Apply psychological theory to explain >> Study both human and physical >> Gain an understanding of the gender, consumer and employee geography economics that lie behind front behaviour, and aggression >> Gain excellent numeracy, literacy, page news stories, from Brexit to >> Develop scientific skills in planning ICT, analytical, teamwork and the Cornish pasty tax and conducting research, analysing problem solving skills >> Look at the UK economy - its results, and evaluating the process >> Carry out coastal and urban performance and policies >> Discuss sensitive topic areas such fieldwork, and have the option to >> Consider subjects such as inflation, as stress, ill health, addiction, travel abroad growth, unemployment and foreign depression and anxiety disorders >> Develop specialist skills including trade >> Use theory to explain scenario cartography and statistical analysis >> Study business behaviour and behaviours in applied exam questions >> Attend Royal Geographical Society the labour market Assessment is 50% exams, 50% and University of Exeter lectures >> Have the opportunity to take part coursework. Assessment is by examination and a in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations Choose this course if… If you like the piece of independent fieldwork. idea of studying Psychology and excel Choose this course if… you are Course assessment is through short in courses with some coursework fascinated by the world around you tests, essays, and case studies. Final rather than all exams, the BTEC would and how physical processes affect the assessment is through external be an excellent choice. With 2 other vulnerability of people. Also, if you examinations. A Level subjects it will help spread have an interest in the future of our Choose this course if… you enjoy your assessment across the year by planet due to the possible impacts of debating economic issues such as combining coursework with exams. factors such as climate change. It is inequality, immigration and how we Next steps: Applied Psychology is an also ideal if you would like to pursue should pay for healthcare. Using and excellent foundation for a range of a career working on environmental interpreting data to analyse economic degrees, for example, Biological Sciences, issues, cartography, development, problems. Discussing alternative Forensic Biology, Paramedic Science, fold management, town planning or courses of action. Keeping up to date Nutrition, Physiotherapy, Psychology, teaching. with national and international trends. Sociology, Youth Studies and Mental Next steps: This course is excellent Next steps: You will need eight GCSEs Health Nursing. Progression routes will preparation for a Geography degree or at grade 4 or above (including English depend on other qualifications chosen. other Humanities or Science related Language and Maths at grade 5 or Always check entry requirements for degrees. above). specific degrees. Standard entry requirements: Eight Standard entry requirements: You will Standard entry requirements: You will GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above English Language and Maths). (including English Language and Maths (including English Language, Maths and at grade 5 or above). Science). Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: It is desirable, but This course can be combined This course can be combined not essential, to have studied GCSE with others (see pages 43-44) and goes with others (see pages 43-44) and Geography. particularly well with Mathematics, goes well with Sociology, Law, History, Geography, Social Sciences and History. Biology, Religious Studies and Physical See page 132 for Geology. Education. Please be aware that you This course can be combined cannot combine A Level Psychology with with others (see pages 43-44) and goes this course. particularly well with Geology and Environmental Science and also goes well with English Language, Economics, Politics, Sociology, History or Law.

101 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Level Early Modern History 3 Later Modern History 3 Law X3 (1485-1799) (1780-1991) AS/A Level Duration: 2 years AS/A Level AS/A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course is for you if you are a keen This course is for you if you are keen Law is a fascinating and challenging historian and avid reader. It goes slightly to understand major events in the A Level that provides a fantastic insight further back in time to satisfy your recent past and if you are curious and into what it would be like to study law thirst for knowledge. If you feel that you willing to read widely to gain a depth of at undergraduate level. It also provides need a wider historical experience after knowledge. This course will allow you to a general introduction to the legal having studied a lot of twentieth century develop many of the themes that you system and law making. history in school, then this could be the will have enjoyed during GCSE History. You will: course that you are looking for. You will: >> Consider key legal values such as You will: >> Cover units on topics such as Russia human rights and morality >> Cover units on topics such as Britain (1917-1991) from Lenin to Yeltsin, >> Study the foundations of the (1625-1701) conflict, revolution and Mao’s China (1949-1976), protest, English legal system settlement, France in revolution (1774- agitation and parliamentary reform >> Understand tort law and human rights 1799), rebellion and disorder under in Britain (1780-1928) >> Study and apply criminal law such the Tudors (1485-1603) >> Develop skills of research and show as fatal and non-fatal offences >> Develop skills of research and show evidence of written arguments evidence of written arguments through independent research >> Visit local magistrates and courts, also you will hear from guest through independent research >> Attend field trips in the UK and speakers >> Attend field trips overseas (we currently run a trip >> Be taught by law specialists with >> Read widely and learn through to Berlin ever other year) excellent contacts in local law firms research and discussion, as well >> Read widely and learn through as in lectures research and discussion, as well >> Learn through group discussion and as in lectures practical problem solving as well You will be assessed by written as in lectures and studying written examination and by submission You will be assessed by written materials of a piece of coursework. examination and by submission of a piece of coursework. Assessment is by examination. Choose this course if… you enjoy finding out about how and why historical events Choose this course if… you enjoy Choose this course if… you are happen and what the consequences finding out about how and why interested in pursuing further study or of these events are. Lessons are historical events happen and what a career in the legal sector. It is also a suited to those who enjoy debating the consequences of these events are. fascinating course if you are interested and developing arguments about Lessons are suited to those who enjoy in current affairs and want to develop historical issues. It is also ideal if you debating and developing arguments your understanding of them and why the would like to pursue a career in civil about historical issues. It is also ideal law deals with things in certain ways. service, journalism, law and teaching, as for those wishing to pursue a career Next steps: This course is excellent well as specific history careers such as in civil service, journalism, law and preparation for a Law degree or museum work and archaeology. teaching. other Humanities related degrees. Next steps: This course is excellent Next steps: This course is excellent Further professional training can preparation for a History degree. preparation for a History degree. lead to qualification as a barrister or solicitor. Students may also progress to Standard entry requirements: Eight Standard entry requirements: Eight Apprenticeships in the legal sector. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). English Language and Maths). Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including This course can be combined This course can be combined English Language and Maths). with others (see pages 43-44) and goes with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Politics, Classics, particularly well with Politics, Classics, This course can be combined English Literature, Sociology and Law. English Literature, Sociology and Law. with others (see pages 43-44) and goes Note you cannot take both Early and Note you cannot take both Early and particularly well with subjects such as Later Modern History together. Later Modern History together. English and History. The course content also links well with Politics, Psychology and Sociology.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 102 Humanities

Level Level Level Philosophy 3 Politics 3 Psychology 3 AS/A Level AS/A Level AS/A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

On this course you will gain Politics is a diverse and challenging Psychology is a fascinating and unique an introductory knowledge of A Level. It will give you a clear subject introducing students to how the philosophy as an academic subject, understanding of the British political discipline can be applied to everyday life of current philosophical issues and of system in terms of who holds power, and the academic domain. The study of philosophical methods. how we engage with everyday politics psychology is research led and demands and how power is dispersed globally. scientific exploration and rigour. You will: It also comprises a comprehensive >> Develop your skills of critical You will: introduction to the major ideologies that analysis and learn how to construct >> Develop your scientific skills in have dominated political philosophy in persuasive, philosophical arguments research, analysis, and the use of the western world. In addition, you will theory to develop explanations >> Study modules in epistemology and examine international relations and moral philosophy; considering what their impact on world affairs. >> Study a range of topics such as we can really know as human beings forensic psychology, schizophrenia, and how we make moral decisions You will: the psychology of gender and anxiety >> Study the foundations of the >> At A Level, study modules in disorders, including obsessive political system such as democracy, philosophy of mind and philosophy compulsive disorder and phobias party politics, voting behaviour of religion, considering issues >> Debate topics such as nature and elections such as are the mind and body versus nurture >> Learn about the constitution, separate and can we prove God >> Learn about the importance of parliament, powers of prime exists? attachment in child development ministers, the role of the Supreme >> Have the opportunity to hear from Court and its relationship with the EU >> Have the opportunity to discuss guest speakers and there will be sensitive topic areas, for example, >> Look at political ideologies such as visits to universities and conferences depression, schizophrenia, phobias conservatism, liberalism, socialism and obsessive compulsive disorder Assessment is by examination. and nationalism Choose this course if… you enjoy >> Examine global power politics Assessment is by examinations questioning the world around you and are ideas and events - two 90 minute exams in AS and reticent to take what you are told at face three 120 minute exams at A Level. Assessment is by examination. value, also discussing/considering the big Choose this course if… you have an questions about what exists, morality and Choose this course if… you enjoy inquisitive mind and enjoy evaluating knowledge. It is great if you are an avid discussing current affairs, both and discussing concepts and research. reader and enjoy formulating arguments domestically and internationally, in written form (i.e. essay writing). Also, following the news and reading around Next steps: You could study Psychology if you like a challenge, and are willing issues, engaging with and campaigning or other Humanities subjects at to have your own views challenged. on social and political issues. Politics university. Further academic study and Philosophy students have gone on to a students have gone on to a wide variety professional training can lead to a career wide variety of occupations: journalism, of occupations: journalism, the civil in education (teaching, educational the civil service, city firms, teaching, service, teaching, social work, think psychology), business, the health service management consultancy, social work tanks and the law are some possible (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, sports and the law. destinations. science, clinical psychology, occupational therapy, counselling), law, police force, Next steps: This course supports Next steps: Politics A Level is a forensic psychology, criminology or the application to all academic courses, not well-respected academic course prison service. only in the Humanities but also in the that can lead to degrees such as PPE, arts and sciences. International Relations, History and Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in Law. English Language and 4 in Maths. Plus, Standard entry requirements: Grade 5 in you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or English Language and 5 in Maths. Plus, Standard entry requirements: Eight above. you will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including above. English Language and Maths). Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE This course can be combined with This course can be combined Biology or Science. others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with others (see pages 43-44) and goes with any Humanities or Science based well with History, Law, Philosophy, This course can be combined with subjects - although it can fit very well Psychology, Sociology, Geography, others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with English Literature and the arts too. Economics, Classics and English. with Sociology, Business, Sport, Biology, Law, English and Drama.

103 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Religious Studies 3 Sociology 3 AS/A Level AS/A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course aims to introduce you to Sociology is the study of society and some of the key aspects of religion and human social behaviour - the range ethical issues in contemporary society. of things that govern our interactions It will also cover one major Eastern with one another. This course gives you religion in some depth. knowledge about contemporary society, social processes and social change. You will: >> Explore the beliefs and practices of You will: Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism. >> Study units such as families and Examine the role of Buddhism in the households, education beliefs in 21st century, such as whether it aligns society and crime and deviance with feminism and science >> Learn sociological research methods >> Examine arguments for and against and skills the existence of the Abrahamic God >> Develop your own sociological >> Explore the nature of ethical theories awareness through wide reading and such as egoism and virtue ethics research and active engagement in >> Improve your verbal and written the subject skills whilst gaining confidence in >> Operate in an environment of no public speaking right answers and learn to evaluate >> Be expected to read widely and the usefulness of different theories regularly on and around the subject and types of evidence and verbally participate in all aspects >> Have the opportunity to hear from of the lessons guest speakers and there will be visits to universities and conferences Assessment is by examination only. External assessment is by written Choose this course if… you enjoy examination. academic debate and having your thinking seriously challenged and Choose this course if… you enjoy your vision of the world widened. questioning the world around you and Graduating students have gone on to your place within it, analysing everyday study a wide range of academic subjects issues and institutions, debating and both in the arts and sciences. discussing current affairs, nationally and globally. Your high social awareness Next steps: The critical rigour of will be useful in a range of occupations, religious studies is excellent preparation such as management, advertising, for higher education in the arts and marketing, police, teaching and the sciences and in professions that value caring professions such as nursing or problem solving, independent thinking social work. and creativity. Next steps: The analytical and Standard entry requirements: Eight interpretative skills you acquire are GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including excellent preparation for university. English Language and Maths). Standard entry requirements: Eight This course can be combined with GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including others (see pages 43-44) and goes English Language and Maths). well with other Humanities subjects or sciences. This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with History, Politics, Law, Geography, Philosophy, Religious Studies, Psychology, Economics, Media Studies, and English Literature and Language.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 104 Information Technology

Information Apprenticeships are also available, Technology. see pages 145-164.

Our IT and Computing courses are ideal if you want a career in web development, computer graphics, animation, 3D modelling, cyber security, games design or programming, systems engineering, technical support and networking. Our students progress to university or local/national/multi-national companies in these areas. You could become an individual who solves the problems of the future using existing technologies or develop specific technology to find solutions. You do not need to have studied IT or computing at school, but you do need to have a keen interest in this exciting and varied area of study. These courses take place at Victoria House, see pages 19-20 for a map.

The Microsoft Minecraft Education team ran a pilot challenge at Exeter College in 2019. This three-hour workshop introduced a group of 20 students to the challenge and invited them to work on solutions to design a ‘Car-free City Centre.’ They collaborated using Minecraft: Education Edition, and presented their prototype solutions.

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

105 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Employer Level “We are very impressed with the 1 students’ commitment and the Information professional manner in which they Technology have conducted their duties. With their BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma skills and enthusiasm, we were able Duration: 1 year to complete important projects that wouldn’t otherwise have been possible.” If you are looking for a career that uses Royal Albert Memorial Museum’s Skills IT in the workplace, this course will give Development Officer you an excellent foundation. You will: >> Improve your knowledge of both hardware and software >> Develop digital information using IT >> Use digital communication technologies >> Solve IT technical problems >> Create a spreadsheet >> Design a website >> Learn to code You will be assessed by assignments, coursework and presentations, with tests for your English and Maths. Choose this course if… you have an aptitude for computers and are looking to pursue a career in IT. Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to progress to a Level 2 course or an Apprenticeship. Standard entry requirements: Minimum of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: An interest in gaining a job in IT is important. Marshall This course takes place at the Ted Wragg Building, see pages 19-20 for a map. “I’ve enjoyed meeting all the new people and making loads of new friends. I’ve also enjoyed how laid back the lectures are and how we can have a laugh so easily. I’ve also enjoyed all the new things I’ve learnt, such as animation and 3D modelling. My work placement at the Royal Albert Memorial Museum was challenging but I did enjoy it. I got to learn new things and to meet some amazing people who I’ll miss dearly. The bit I enjoyed most about the work placement was definitely all the new things I learnt and being able to work on tasks that the public will see. I hope to move on to an Apprenticeship as I want to stay with the college but be able to be in a business environment. Next, I’m hoping to go on to an Apprenticeship in digital marketing at Exeter College.”

Studied IT Practitioners BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Previously studied at Exmouth Community College Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 106 Information Technology

Level Level Level Information and 2 Information and 2 Information and 2 Creative Technology Creative Technology Creative Technology - Game Development - Creative Technologies - Systems and Networks BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year Duration: 1 year

This hands on course will give you an This hands on course will give you an This hands on course will give you an excellent grounding in all aspects of IT, excellent grounding in all aspects of excellent grounding in all aspects of ICT, with a particular focus on programming ICT, with a particular focus on digital with a particular focus on creating and and game development. technologies. maintaining systems and networks. You will: You will: You will: >> Learn through lectures, practical >> Learn through lectures, practical >> Learn through lectures, practical work, group work and presentations work, group work and presentations work, group work and presentations >> Learn how to design and create your >> Learn how to design and create >> Learn how to create and maintain own programmes and apps animations, websites and multimedia systems and networks in our >> Hear from guest speakers in careers products dedicated PC Lab such as graphic design, programmers >> Hear from guest speakers such as >> Hear from guest speakers such as and technicians graphic designers, programmers and graphic designers, programmers >> Go on trips to places such as the technicians and technicians European Gaming Convention and >> Go on trips to places such as the >> Go on trips to places such as the Bletchley Park, plus social trips such European Gaming Convention and European Gaming Convention and as Thorpe Park Bletchley Park, plus social trips such Bletchley Park, plus social trips such >> Study the following units: The as Thorpe Park as Thorpe Park Online World, Technology Systems, >> Study the following units: The Online >> Study the following units: The Online An Online Portfolio, Digital Video, World, Technology Systems, An World, Technology Systems, An Automated Computer Systems - Online Portfolio, Digital Animation, Online Portfolio, Digital Animation, Robotics, Database Development, Automated Computer Systems - Automated Computer Systems - Software Development and Mobile Robotics, Database Development, Robotics, Database Development, App Development Website Development and installing Computer Networks and Installing and maintaining Computer Hardware, and maintaining Computer Systems. Assessment is by assignments, external You will also complete an Animation You will also complete a Technical online examinations, observation and project Support project written work. Assessment is by assignments, external Assessment is by assignments, external Choose this course if… you have an online examinations, observation and online examinations, observation and interest in learning the skills to be able written work. written work. to create your own computer games and mobile apps. Choose this course if… you have an Choose this course if… you have an interest in learning the skills to be able interest in learning the practical skills Next steps: You could go on to to create interactive digital animation, to be able to install and maintain study courses including a Level multimedia products or websites. computer systems and networks. 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Information Technology or apply for an Next steps: You could go on to study Next steps: You could go on to Apprenticeship in the IT industry. courses including a Level 3 Diploma/ study courses including a Level Extended Diploma in Information 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 Technology, or apply for an Information Technology or apply for an in English Language and Maths plus two Apprenticeship in the IT industry. Apprenticeship in the IT industry. additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 English and Maths, you will be required in English Language and Maths plus two in English Language and Maths plus two to study for this alongside your course. additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or additional GCSEs at Grade 3 or above, or Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in or above, or equivalent. English and Maths, you will be required English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 Plus, you will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or recommendations: You will need to or above, or equivalent. or above, or equivalent. display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career. Subject specific entry requirements Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will need to or recommendations: You will need to display a passion for IT at interview and display a passion for IT at interview and have an interest in an IT related career. have an interest in an IT related career.

107 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level 3 IT - Digital Production, Design 3 IT - Game and Development Development T Level BTEC Level Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their This course is aimed at learners who have an interest in programming skills through a course which has an emphasis computer games and wish to develop their IT skills through on real industry experience with technical and core content Game Development. needed to work in the software development industry. You will: You will: > Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the > Specialist training covering industry-specific skills where second year, learners study a range of standard topics you will work collaboratively as a team to develop and optional modules specifically oriented towards software development skills, for example, analyse the games development including: Mobile Apps Development, initial problem, design, implement, test your solution. Computer Games Development, Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Then maintain, change, support and evaluate software Digital Animation and Effects > Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and > Study a core set of underpinning knowledge, concepts software, including games consoles and skills, you will learn about the business context > Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in and culture as well as key parts of the workplace such industry and gaming exhibitions planning, legislation, security, data and digital analysis. > Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear > An industry placement with an employer, which will last guest speakers from multinational organisations such as for a minimum of 315 hours Capgemini > Develop your English, Maths and Digital skills to the level > Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming required occupationally Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park You will be assessed through external assessment and a substantial employer set project via practical assessments There will be a range of assessment methods for different of skills. modules. Including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and Choose this course if… you enjoy the idea of being involved controlled timed assessments. in the development of software which will solve problems for the businesses you are working with. Choose this course if… you enjoy games and have an interest in learning how to create your own. Next steps: You can progress directly into IT-related employment in software development or develop skills Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, further by proceeding on to an Apprenticeship, university or including our HND in Computing. Following this you could our HND in Computing. seek IT-related employment in areas such as Game Design, Game Programming, Level Design and Game Art by proceeding Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English on to higher education. Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course or above (or equivalent). will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: (or equivalent). In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and programming, with a career aim in a Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: computing related field. In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing related field. See pages 41-42 for more information about T Levels.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 108 Information Technology

Level Level IT - Creative 3 IT - Computing 3 Technologies BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their practical skills in computing. This course provides the This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking IT skills in creative technologies. This course provides the about employment as an IT professional working in a variety knowledge, skills and understanding for learners thinking of areas such as programming, web development, computer about employment as a creative IT professional working in and systems architecture and network security. a variety of areas such as computer graphics, animation, web design and 3D modelling. You will: >> Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the You will: second year, learners study a range of standard topics > Explore a range of core IT topics including: Information and four modules specifically oriented towards computer Technology Systems and using Social Media. In the second science technologies including: Mobile Apps Development, year, learners study a range of standard topics and Big Data and Business Analytics, Customising and optional modules specifically oriented towards creative Integrating Applications and the Internet of Things technologies including: Digital 2D and 3D Graphics, Digital Animation and Effects, Mobile Apps Development and the >> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands Internet of Things on experience in practical workshop-type environments > Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on >> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware experience in practical workshop-type environments and software, including games consoles > Investigate a variety of different computer hardware and >> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see software, including games consoles IT in industry and gaming exhibitions > Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in >> Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear industry and gaming exhibitions guest speakers from multinational organisations such as > Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear Capgemini guest speakers from multinational organisations such as Capgemini >> Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming > Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as Thorpe Park Thorpe Park There will be a range of assessment methods for different There will be a range of assessment methods for different modules, including: externally set and marked assignments; modules, including: externally set and marked assignments; internally set and marked assignments; written exam and internally set and marked assignments; written exam and controlled timed assessments. controlled timed assessments. Choose this course if… you enjoy programming, data analysis, Choose this course if… you enjoy website development, game design and development. Previous students have gone 2 and 3D animations. Previous students have gone on to study on to study subjects such as Game Design and Development subjects such as Game Design and Audio Broadcasting at at Plymouth, Falmouth and UWE universities. Plymouth, Falmouth, Teeside and UWE universities. Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, Next steps: You can progress onto higher education, including our HND in Computing. Following this you including our HND in Computing. Following this you could could seek IT-related employment in areas such as game seek IT-related employment in areas such as web design, design, game programming, terrain modelling and games animation, computer graphics or 3D modelling. technologies. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at Language and Maths. Plus, you will need three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from grade 4 or above, or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a Level 2 course will need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good a good Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at Merit profile, along with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 grade 4 or above (or equivalent). or above (or equivalent). Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or IT, with a career aim in a computing computers and/or information technology, with a career related field. aim in a computing related field.

109 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level IT - Systems and Networks 3 IT 3 BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma BTEC Level 3 Certificate/Extended Certificate in IT Duration: 1 year/2 years Duration: 2 years

This course is aimed at learners who wish to develop their skills in IT Systems and Networking. This course provides This course gives a workplace-oriented insight into how the knowledge, skills and understanding for learners IT is used. It can lead directly into IT careers. thinking about employment as an IT practitioner working in a variety of technical roles such as hardware technician, You will: network administrator, helpdesk support analyst, database > Learn to create systems to manage information. This unit administrator, software installation specialist and cyber is externally assessed through tasks set and marked by security specialist. Pearson > Learn to use social media in business and website You will: development. This is assessed through internally assessed >> Explore a range of core IT topics in your first year. In the tasks set and marked by Exeter College, this could take second year, learners study a range of standard topics and the form of written work, question and answer sessions or optional modules specifically oriented towards IT systems practical demonstrations and computer networking including: Technical Support and Management, Cloud Storage and Collaboration Tools, > Learn to use information technology systems. This is Customising and Integrating Applications and the Internet externally assessed through a 2 hour written examination of Things set and marked by Pearson >> Study theoretical aspects in lectures and gain hands on > Learn a fourth topic - either extending your website experience in practical workshop-type environments development skills or developing skills in data modelling >> Investigate a variety of different computer hardware > Work in a dedicated and well equipped IT lab using and software, including games consoles specialist software that directly mirrors what is used in industry >> Have the option to join several exciting trips to see IT in industry and gaming exhibitions > Visit companies such as BT and the Met Office and hear guest speakers from multinational organisations such as >> Be able to join our cross college Robotics club Capgemini There will be a range of assessment methods for different > Go on trips to places such as the European Gaming modules. Including: externally set and marked assignments; Convention and Bletchley Park, plus social trips such as internally set and marked assignments; written exam and Thorpe Park controlled timed assessments. On completion of the Certificate you may progress to the Choose this course if… you enjoy fixing, building and second year to complete the Extended Certificate in IT. networking computers and would like to learn more about cyber security and system engineering. Previous students Choose this course if… you enjoy using computers and have have gone on to study subjects such as Computer Science, a career aspiration that might involve IT skills. Ethical Hacking, and Networking at universities including Next steps: You can progress to further studies in IT, Stafford, Bath, Plymouth and other respected universities. for example, you could go on to study a Computing Higher Next steps: You can either progress into IT-related National Diploma (HND) at Exeter College or you could go on employment in areas such as system engineering, cyber to apply for employment in a wide range of roles that value IT security, networking or technical support or proceed on to skills. This course is equivalent to one A Level, so can also be higher education. Students wishing to stay within the Exeter used for progression to university. area can progress on to our HND in Computing. Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in GCSE English (including English Language and Maths). Language and Maths. Plus, three GCSEs at grade 4 or above, Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: or equivalent. Learners progressing from a Level 2 course will In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in need a BTEC Level 2 Diploma with a good Merit profile, along computers and/or IT. with English and Maths GCSE at grade 4 or above (or equivalent). This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: creative, technical or career-oriented courses. In addition, learners are expected to have an interest in computers and/or information technology, with a career aim in a computing related field.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 110 In 2019 our International International Baccalaureate Baccalaureate students achieved their best ever results for the second year running, with almost a third (32%) of students achieving International over 40 points.

Baccalaureate.

This is an excellent, internationally recognised group presentations and individual research to qualification, ideal for those interested in pursuing an class discussion, field trips, language residentials, exciting and wide ranging programme of study in six cultural visits, guest speakers, and much more. All academic subjects, including Maths, English Literature, subjects involve a coursework element, allowing Science, a Humanity and a Modern Foreign Language. you to pursue a topic of your own interest. In today’s world, an interdisciplinary course like the Our students go on to study at a wide range of higher International Baccalaureate (IB) offers a brilliant education providers, with many going on to Russell platform into higher education, be that in the UK or Group universities, including Oxford and Cambridge, overseas, and/or into employment, where employers are as well as studying overseas. Many will take a gap year, looking for a diverse skill-set. Its Core elements - which often using their language skills to work or volunteer. include Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended Some take an Art Foundation course; others go on to the Essay and Creative/Active/Service portfolio - ensure that new Apprenticeship degrees. The IB is a highly regarded IB students graduate from a holistic programme which qualification and recent research indicates that the vast will act as a strong foundation for the rest of their lives. majority of UK universities view it particularly favourably, We are a small, supportive community (approximately citing high success rates for their IB graduates. 80-100 students across the two years) and you will be This programme of study takes place at the Hele Road taught in small classes with experienced and inspiring site, the Maths and Science Centre and the Centre for teachers and a whole range of materials to help you Creative Industries. See pages 19-20 for the map. learn. You will be a member of a tutor group, and will be expected to learn in a multitude of ways, from

Lilith “I have absolutely enjoyed my time studying at Exeter College. There was no question over which college I wanted to go to – I chose Exeter College because I really like the college environment, rather than a sixth form one. You gain independence, it’s got a more university level atmosphere but at the same time you will get the support you need and I think it’s a great stepping point up from school. It’s really good studying six subjects on the IB, because you get the diversity of different subjects. I have been able to explore different interests and I think that has helped me choose my degree better as well.”

Previously studied at Great Torrington School

111 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level International Baccalaureate 3 Duration: 2 years

This qualification allows you to study six subjects (three at You will: Higher (H) Level and three at Standard (S) Level) across a wide >> Study six subjects along with a Theory of Knowledge course range of disciplines spanning languages, arts, humanities, >> Research a topic of special interest and complete an maths and sciences as outlined below, as well as the Core Extended Essay, with one to one supervision comprising Theory of Knowledge, a 4000-word Extended >> Have residential opportunities Essay and a portfolio of Creative, Active and Service activities, known as CAS. >> Take part in field trips, theatre visits, conferences and other excursions > Group 1 Language >> Collate and submit a portfolio of creative, active and English Literature (H and S) service/voluntary activities which you have undertaken > Group 2 Second Language inside and out of college (known as CAS) French (H and S) Please note: while we expect to run most if not all of the German (H and S) subjects listed, a minimum number of applicants per subject Italian (for beginners) (S) is required to ensure viability. This impacts most in Group 6, Spanish (H and S) due to the range of options offered. > Group 3 Individuals and Society Assessment is through a combination of exams and internal Geography (H and S) assessment of your oral, written and practical coursework. Global Politics (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 Choose the International Baccalaureate if… History (H and S) >> You enjoy learning about new subjects in an open, Philosophy (H and S) - taught as an elective in group 6 exploratory environment Psychology (H and S) >> You want to keep your options open post-college > Group 4 Sciences >> You like to learn in small groups with experienced, Biology (H and S) knowledgeable and enthusiastic teachers Environmental Systems and Societies (S) Chemistry - which is taught in group 6 >> You would like to join a college programme which goes beyond academic study and includes plenty of enrichment > Group 5 Mathematics* opportunities, as well as weekly critical thinking lessons Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches (S) (TOK) and a supervised Research Essay, giving the Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation (H and S) opportunity to study a subject of personal interest with > Group 6 Electives one to one specialist supervision Art and Design (H and S) >> You would like to belong to a close-knit, internationally- Chemistry (H and S) minded community with students and staff from around Philosophy (H and S) the world Second Language* >> You are interested in progressing to a top university, Global Politics (H and S) either in the UK or overseas *A second language can also be taken, it must be Beginners >> You want to make new, often like-minded friends (ab initio) Italian. >> You are interested in learning how to learn better! Next steps: The course is recognised and welcomed by all *Which Maths course should I choose? universities in Britain and most universities across the world and prepares you for nearly all courses, depending on your Mathematics: Analysis and Approaches - best for choice of subjects. Our current average point score (35), which students interested in pure Maths, Engineering, is above the world average, matches and even surpasses the Science and Economics. Emphasis on calculus. entry requirements for several Russell Group universities Mathematics: Applications and Interpretation - focus including Birmingham and Manchester. on statistics and technology; best for social scientists, Entry requirements: You need the equivalent of at least and some economists. Standard Level will be similar eight GCSEs at grade 6 or above, including GCSE English to ‘old’ Maths Studies. This course would be suitable Language and Maths. for Medicine applicants. For certain subjects (especially higher level) you will need higher grades, for instance a minimum GCSE grade of 7 for higher level Languages or Sciences. If you want to study a language that you have not studied before, you can follow the language for beginners (ab initio) course without a GCSE in that language, but experience of language learning is required.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 112 Languages Languages.

Our first class language courses will broaden your horizons as you develop new or existing language skills, whilst giving you an insight into the culture and traditions of other countries. These courses are studied at our Hele Road site, see pages 19-20 for a map.

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Elliot “I picked my subjects because I really enjoyed them at GCSE and I also wanted to develop my language skills. Speaking other languages is something that runs in my family. A lot of my family can speak at least one other language and some of them travel all over the world and live in different countries so it’s nice to be able to speak with them in different languages. The classes at college have been really engaging and I went to Paris on a trip during my first year. I have absolutely loved my time at college so far, everything has been great - the facilities are really good and the teaching staff are incredible.” Studying Spanish, French and History A Levels (with an Extend option - Teaching English as a Foreign Language) Previously studied at West Exe Technology College

113 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Spanish 3 A Level Duration: 2 years

This course builds on the knowledge and skills you have acquired at GCSE, to help you express yourself more spontaneously in the language, while learning more about the Spanish speaking world. You will: >> Study highlights of Hispanic artistic culture, including a focus on Spanish regional identity and the cultural heritage of past civilisations >> Study a Spanish film and a play >> Work from original source documents, including online media, films and television programmes >> Explore an area of particular interest in the Spanish speaking world in an individual research project >> Take advantage of our extensive virtual learning environments and our social media platform >> Have the opportunity to take part in a study visit to Seville in southern Spain Assessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks, including listening, reading, writing and translation. Choose this course if… you enjoy learning about the cultures and societies of the Spanish speaking world, if you like learning by doing and if you like to be active in class and don’t mind giving things a go and taking risks. Next steps: Some students go on to study a foreign language at university and may choose to specialise in an area of language such as translation, interpreting or language teaching. Many students combine a language with another area of interest such as Law, Engineering or Business, among many other possibilities. This enables them to establish a career abroad or with international companies. Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE Spanish. Other experience in Spanish may be taken into account. This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Politics and French/German, Geography and History, which all overlap in different ways. However, languages are required alongside other skills in the workplace, so Science A Levels, Business Studies or almost any other combination is very useful.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 114 Languages

Level Level German 3 French 3 A Level A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

You will develop your German language ability by practising This course constitutes an integrated study with a focus on listening, speaking, reading and writing. You will improve your language, culture and society. It fosters a range of transferable knowledge of vocabulary and grammar and become more skills, including communication, critical confident in using your German, while learning more about thinking and creativity. the German speaking world. You will: You will: >> Increase your range of vocabulary and improve your >> Learn to discuss, debate and express your views on understanding of grammar the themes we will be exploring >> Learn from a native speaker and have the opportunity >> Watch German films and read German literature to travel to France >> Have opportunities to access German workshops, >> Watch French films and read French literature tutorials and online materials outside classroom time >> Research an area of particular interest in your >> Have the opportunity to travel to Germany individual project >> Have access to native speakers and guest speakers >> Learn about many aspects of life in contemporary >> Research an area of particular interest in an France and the Francophonie independent project >> Acquire a deeper cultural awareness of French speaking communities Assessment is by externally assessed oral and written examinations, with listening, reading, grammar translation Assessment includes an oral examination and two written tasks and essays. tasks including listening, reading, writing and translation. Choose this course if… you are interested in German Choose this course if… you enjoy communicating with other culture, history, literature and politics and passionate people, have a good memory, and find problem solving about communication (using vocabulary to express yourself) stimulating. A Level languages are always attractive to and learning how language works (finding out about university admissions tutors. Languages are also useful and using grammar). Languages are in demand in many in many careers such as leisure and tourism, teaching, careers such as business, tourism, teaching, banking, politics, journalism, business, politics and international law. translation and interpreting, broadcasting and journalism. Next steps: You could go on to study at university, whether Next steps: You could progress to study at university or find you specialise in French or combine the language with a job where you can use your language skills, which are in another subject. good demand. Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). (including English Language and Maths). Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 6 or above in GCSE French. Other experience in French Grade 6 or above in GCSE German. Other experience in may be taken into account. German may be taken into account. This course can be combined with others (see pages This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with another foreign language and with 43-44) and goes particularly well with Business, Music, Art and A Levels in English Language, English Literature, Film Studies, Design, Film and Video, English Language, English Literature, Geography, History, Sociology or any other subject which Maths and all Sciences, Economics, Geography, Geology and, if may lead to an international career. you are a linguist, another language A Level.

In 2019 all language subjects achieved a 100% pass rate, with a massive 58% of French students getting high grades (A*, A, B).

115 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Open Events.

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020 Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 116 Mathematics Mathematics.

Our Maths courses are fantastic, whether you need to improve your basic skills or you are keen to go right to the top. For GCSE Maths you will mainly be based in your main faculty area. At A Level you will mostly study in our Maths and Science Centre on Queen Street, which has a student study hub, cafe and meetings rooms as well as spacious Science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and two Computer Science labs.

Elizabeth “At college, I really liked being able to study the areas I wanted to within my subjects. If you asked your tutors about something they always knew a lot and would go out of their way to help you. They were always there if you needed them, you could drop them an email and ask for support. Life at college has been fun and interesting. I plan to go on to the University of Plymouth to study Paramedic Science.” Studied Maths, Biology and Chemistry A Levels Previously studied at St Peter’s Aided School, Exeter

STOP PRESS Elizabeth achieved a fantastic three As at A Level and is pictured here celebrating her results.

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

117 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Find out more

about how to Level travel to college Economics 3

on page 21. AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Economics relates to every aspect of our lives, from the decisions individuals make to the policies of governments. You will: >> Develop a deep knowledge of economic forces and an understanding of how they shape the world around us >> Gain an understanding of the economics that lie behind front page news stories, from Brexit to the Cornish pasty tax >> Look at the UK economy - its performance and policies >> Consider subjects such as inflation, growth, unemployment and foreign trade >> Study business behaviour and the labour market >> Have the opportunity to take part in study trips, attend conferences and visit organisations Course assessment is through short tests, essays, and case studies. Final assessment is through external examinations. Choose this course if… you enjoy debating economic issues such as inequality, immigration and how we should pay for healthcare. Using and interpreting data to analyse economic problems. Discussing alternative courses of action. Keeping up to date with national and international trends. Next steps: Economics is excellent preparation for an Economics degree or a degree in subjects such as business studies, social sciences, history or engineering. Possible career choices for A Level economics students include Apprenticeships in accountancy, stock broking, banking and finance. Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths at grade 5 or above). This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes particularly well with Mathematics, Geography, Social Sciences and History.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 118 Mathematics

Level Level Level Maths 3 Mathematics 3 Double Mathematics 3 (with Statistics) AS/A Level (Mathematics plus Duration: 2 years Level 3 Certificate Further Mathematics) Duration: 1 year AS/A Level Duration: 2 years This course will develop your This course is ideal if you enjoy Maths mathematical skills beyond GCSE. and wish to develop your skills. It will Maths is vital in the modern world and take your mathematical knowledge to If you really love exploring is increasingly important in a wide the next stage, with the study of Pure mathematical relationships and are range of careers. It sits well alongside and Applied Mathematics. very strong at Mathematics, you are three other A Levels that includes any You will: encouraged to take Further Mathematics mathematical content. It is equivalent to >> Focus on fundamental techniques in addition to Mathematics an AS Level, but with a greater emphasis such as algebra, geometry, A Level. This is taken as Double on applications rather than abstract trigonometry and calculus Mathematics, where you will study A mathematical techniques. Note: this (differentiation and integration) Level Mathematics in your first year and is a one year course only and not A Level Further Mathematics in your >> Develop excellent analytical skills available as a full A Level. Your second year. You will have twice the through your study of statistics, programme would be equivalent to 4 number of maths lessons per week. subjects in year 1 and you would not be including use of large data sets able to fit in an Extend option. >> Learn how to use mechanics, You will: including Newton’s laws of motion, >> Take units in pure and applied You will: to solve physical problems involving Mathematics, including statistics >> Learn to apply Maths to address motion and forces problems and questions in the >> Be able to attend drop in real world >> Access individual support at weekly Mathematics workshops with one to drop in sessions one support to supplement lectures >> Develop the skills to represent or model situations mathematically Assessment is by examination. >> Have the opportunity to take part in a Maths challenge >> Use Maths and statistics to make Choose this course if… you enjoy Maths logical and reasoned arguments and want to develop the skills gained Assessment is by examination. in a variety of contexts at GCSE, particularly the more abstract Choose this course if… you love Maths Assessment is by examination at the elements of algebra. Definitely choose and want to do more of it! It is excellent end of the year. it if you want to go to university to study preparation for a mathematically based a mathematical course. degree at top universities and will help Choose this course if… you enjoy using you stand out from the crowd. Maths where you can see how it is Next steps: Mathematics is an essential applied, rather than doing abstract qualification for Maths, Computer Next steps: Mathematics is a valuable algebra, and if you want to strengthen Science, Physics and Engineering qualification for scientific and your Maths for your other subjects. degrees and strongly supports many engineering degrees and has links with other courses including Biology, many other subjects including Business Next steps: You can go on to further Chemistry and Economics as well as Studies, Computer Science, Geography, study, training or employment with working alongside subjects such as Economics, Biology, Environmental stronger Maths skills. The transferable Business Studies, Geography, Geology, Science and Psychology. skills of numeracy, mathematical Environmental Science and Psychology. modelling and problem solving skills Standard entry requirements: GCSE are highly desirable. It is particularly Standard entry requirements: GCSE grade 4 in English Language and grade valuable to prepare you for any degree grade 4 in English Language and grade 7 in Maths and grade 7 in Physics/77 in course or career where data analysis, 6 in Maths and grade 6 in Physics/66 in Science. Plus, you will need five more statistics (for example in social science Science. Plus, you will need five more GCSEs at grade 4 or above. research) or logical problem solving GCSEs at grade 4 or above. This course can be combined with is required. Subject specific entry requirements others (see pages 43-44) and goes well Entry requirements: You will need to or recommendations: If you have a with Physics, Computer Science and have achieved eight GCSEs at grade 4 grade 6 in GCSE Maths, a compulsory other mathematically based courses. or above (including Maths and English supplementary Maths course is provided For students with an exceptional GCSE Language). which requires attendance at an extra profile, double maths can be take as Maths Support lesson each week. two A Levels as part of a four A Level This course can be combined programme. with others (see pages 43-44) and This course can be combined with goes well with any course with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well some mathematical content such with mathematically based courses, as Environmental Science or other particularly Computer Science, for which Sciences, Economics, Psychology, it is compulsory, physics, for which it Geography, Business Studies or other is very highly recommended, Biology, Humanities or Social Science subjects. Chemistry or Economics.

119 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Media and Film Media and Film.

If you are interested in film, radio, TV, digital or print media or would like to explore the theoretical and practical issues of media, then our exciting media and film courses are ideal for you. You’ll get the chance to use the TV studios and take part in many production projects throughout the year, as well as contributing to our annual shows, such as the Exeter College Oscars, final project screenings and much more. There is also an opportunity for you to be involved with our radio station, Spark Radio, see page 14.

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Georgia “During my Level 3 course I enjoyed experimenting with different types of film making and exploring new locations. I chose to stay at Exeter College to study Film and TV FdA as I wanted to concentrate my skills into one field. For example, in my first year I created a film based on colour and emotions and that then made me want to be a colourist. I enjoyed working independently creating films of my choice and watching my skills develop as a producer and film maker. After my degree I think I will possibly start an Apprenticeship at a studio and work as a colourist.” Studying Film and TV FdA with Exeter College’s Centre for University Level Studies Previously studied at Clyst Vale Community College

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 120 Media and Film

Level Level Level Digital Media 1 Media Production 2 Creative Media 3 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma and Technology Production and Duration: 1 year Level 2 Award and Diploma (UAL) Technology Duration: 1 year If working in digital media appeals to Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) you then this vocational course will Duration: 2 years This practical course will develop your be a good choice. technical skills and experience in a This course is designed to prepare you You will: variety of media products, professional for work in the film and TV industry. >> Create an interactive presentation equipment and creative activities. You will: >> Create an animation You will: >> Develop your research, practical and >> Shoot a short film >> Analyse media products and present creative skills in pre-production, research on media techniques >> Create a storyboard and production and post-production television advert >> Produce work in animation, film >> Use industry standard equipment trailers, advertising and music videos >> Take part in a week’s work experience including our TV Studio, edit suites >> Enhance your English and >> Take part in trips to local cinemas, and a radio station media companies or TV studios Maths ability >> Produce projects in film, advertising, >> Gain self-confidence and the >> Work in our purpose built CCI TV drama (including scriptwriting), knowledge to apply for jobs building using industry standard documentary, music video and in the sector production equipment, including experimental film HD equipment >> Understand and develop the skills >> Train in the use of HD DV cameras and qualities necessary to work in >> Develop transferable skills in and other specialist media this industry communication, writing, teamwork, equipment problem solving and creativity You will be assessed by assignments >> Learn from professional guest and coursework, with tests for Maths You will be assessed on a portfolio of speakers and take part in trips and English. evidence created during practical and to film festivals, screenings, written assignments. conferences and exhibitions Choose this course if… you enjoy being >> Have your final major project creative and have a practical approach Choose this course if… you enjoy film screened in a public cinema to learning. An interest in media is making, camera work and editing, and environment important but experience is not, being creative. just a willingness to learn. Next steps: You could progress to the Assessment is by coursework and productions. Next steps: On successful completion Level 3 Diploma and Extended Diploma of this course you may be able to in Creative Media Production and Choose this course if… you enjoy progress to a Level 2 course or an Technology or an alternative vocational exploring moving image work in all its Apprenticeship. course, before seeking a role in the forms, taking ownership of your own industry or continuing your studies at creative ideas and working in a dynamic Standard entry requirements: Minimum university. team environment. of a Grade 2 in English Language and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in Standard entry requirements: You will Next steps: Students typically English and Maths, you will be required need English Language and Maths at move on to further study in film and to study for this alongside your course. grade 3, however we do make exceptions TV such as Exeter College’s Film and TV Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs depending on other grades achieved. Production Foundation Degree. at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. You will need four GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or equivalent such as a Merit Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in Subject specific entry requirements or in a Level 1 qualification. English Language. Plus, you will recommendations: An interest in gaining need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, a job in the digital media industry is Subject specific entry requirements or or equivalent. If you don’t have grade 4 important. recommendations: A strong interest in in GCSE Maths, you will need to study it the media and an interest in getting alongside this course. This course takes place at the Ted Wragg hands on experience in making films Building, see pages 19-20 for a map. as part of a team. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in creative media.

121 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Creative Media 3 Film Studies 3 Production and A/AS Level Technology (Journalism) Duration: 2 years Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma (UAL) Duration: 2 years What do Scorsese, Coppola and Lucas This course is designed for those who have in common? They all studied films want to develop a career in journalism before they started making them. This and the publishing industry. It will focus course allows you to study different on many aspects of both digital and genres of film whilst also producing print journalism including magazine your own material. design and photography. You will: You will: >> Deepen your appreciation of cinema > Have the opportunity to develop and understanding of the historical, practical and creative skills through a political and cultural context of films variety of assignments, such as news >> Study contemporary Hollywood and feature writing, photojournalism, and British film, world cinema magazine/newspaper design and and the ‘classics’ production, documentary and >> Have the opportunity to go on podcasts the New York media trip > Learn about journalism law, >> Critically analyse film extracts professional writing skills and research techniques >> Develop your own screenplays > Use research to write news stories >> Use industry standard equipment, and features including HD equipment and > Find out how to conduct interviews Final Cut Pro for print and online outlets Assessment is by coursework and > Create designs using industry examination. standard software such as InDesign > Develop photography and audio Choose this course if… you enjoy recording and editing skills studying, watching and writing about > Have the opportunity to visit The films from different time periods, Guardian in London alongside creating your own film-based > Work as an editorial team to produce productions. a college magazine Next steps: You could progress The course has no exam and you are onto university level study in a variety assessed continuously over the two of film/media theoretical or practical years of the course. courses or you may wish to consider Exeter College’s Film and TV Production Choose this course if… you enjoy Foundation Degree. writing, photography and investigative journalism. This course is ideal if you Standard entry requirements: Eight have a keen interest in the industry. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths). Next steps: You could go on to higher education to study a Journalism degree Subject specific entry requirements or or a Communications, PR or Marketing recommendations: A keen interest in degree. different kinds of film. Standard entry requirements: Grade This course can be combined with 4 in English Language. Plus, you will others (see pages 43-44) and goes well need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above, with Media Studies, Humanities courses, or equivalent. If this does not include Art and Design courses and Languages Maths, you must study this alongside (including English). the course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A keen interest in journalism.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 122 Media and Film

Level Level Film and Video 3 Media Studies 3 - Art and Design A Level Duration: 2 years AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Are you a budding creative film maker? What do you think of Childish Gambino’s If so, then this course offers an excellent view of America? How much do the career start. media shape the way you think? This course allows you to study different You will: forms of media whilst producing your >> Experiment with different film own material. styles in a professional standard HD TV studio You will: >> Learn how to analyse films in Hollywood >> Study a range of video games, TV and art-cinema forms, and apply series, advertising, magazines and these ideas to your own work radio texts, both old and new >> Work with musicians, actors, artists, >> Learn production skills to make a local arts organisations such as the music video, magazine or a TV extract Royal Albert Memorial Museum >> Apply analytical and critical skills and Exeter Phoenix in discussion and essays >> Visit centres of excellence such as Assessment is by coursework and the Bill Douglas Centre, Harry Potter examination. World and @Bristol Choose this course if… you enjoy Your work will be assessed informally, discussing issues and debates about with your final grade set by an externally the media, analysing meanings in a moderated assignment and the variety of media products and learning assessment of one unit of coursework. production skills. Choose this course if… you want to find Next steps: You could progress your own style as a creative film maker. on to university level study, such as Next steps: You could progress Exeter College’s Film and TV Production on to a Foundation Diploma in Art and Foundation Degree. Design and a Photography or Film and Standard entry requirements: Eight TV Production Foundation Degree, both GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including here at Exeter College. There is a strong English Language and Maths). progression rate to film and digital art degree courses from this programme. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: In addition, you Standard entry requirements: Eight should have a strong interest in one GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including of the major forms of media. English Language and Maths). This course can be combined Subject specific entry requirements or with others (see pages 43-44) and recommendations: Some experience of goes well with Film Studies, English, film, video or artwork would be useful History, Sociology, Art, Photography but not essential. A grade 4 or above and Graphics. in Art GCSE is preferable. See pages 49-55 for other art related courses. This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme, however it cannot be taken alongside AS Fine Art.

123 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Lucy “Following my studies I am going to Bournemouth University to study Media and Communications. At college, I have enjoyed meeting new people, making friends and also using all the equipment in the Media department. There were lots of different staff on hand to help with all elements of my “Lucy has been really independent at studies. The equipment and facilities were college and it’s definitely helped her gain fantastic - the classroom was filled with Mac her sense of independence. It’s what she Suites along one side and you could use the TV wanted - she wanted to go somewhere studio whenever you wanted to.” where she was in charge of her own life and Studied Media Studies, Psychology and History A Levels her own choices to help her be ready for her Previously studied at St School, Torquay next steps. As a parent, I have had no worries at all. There is lots of communication from college and different ways I can find out what is going on but still support her in being independent and ready for her future. As a family that really worked for us.”

Rachael, parent of Lucy who gained an A* and two A’s at A Level. They are pictured here celebrating at A Level results day.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 124 124 Music Music.

Our dedicated facilities in the Centre for Music and Performance provide a specialist space for you to explore, compose and perform music. In our studio production facilities, you will be able to use industry standard equipment, both for multi-track recording and sequencing. As an Exeter College Music Academy student, you will be able to attend regular workshops, masterclasses, concerts, trips and talks across a wide range of styles and genres. All music performance students are expected to support their studies with instrumental or vocal lessons - the Music Academy offers competitively priced instrumental and vocal lessons with some of the county’s leading professional musicians. Find out about our fantastic Music Academy - see page 48 for more information.

Harry “I am now studying at Leeds College of Music hoping to make Music my career and show my genre of music to the world. The Music department at Exeter College is a very expressive environment and it allows everyone to be themselves. It was a very open and encouraging atmosphere - everyone was allowed to be the person they wanted to be and to be the musician they wanted to be.” Studied Music A Level, Music (Performance) Level 3 Certificate and Music Technology BTEC Subsidiary Diploma Previously studied at St Peter’s Church of England Voluntary Aided School

Look out for these icons in the course information

You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

125 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Music 2 UAL Level 2 Diploma Duration: 1 year

This programme focuses on practical skills and how to develop as a musician, both as an individual and as part of a group. You will be involved in the planning and performance of a wide range of music, whilst studying about the industry and developing your musical knowledge. You will: >> Study a wide range of musical subjects, including how to survive in the music business and develop your musical skills as a professional >> Put on successful music events in the local community, whilst developing your rehearsal and performance skills in our purpose built rehearsal suites and performance area >> Develop a solo performance repertoire which will help you prepare for auditions >> Use a variety of music technology recording equipment and software with access to our music technology suites and studios >> Understand the music theory behind pop/rock music, focusing on applying the concepts practically through composition >> Develop the research and writing skills needed to progress Assessment is by written and practical assignments. Choose this course if… you are an aspiring musician who wants to develop a range of skills, including performance and production techniques, song writing and music theory. Next steps: On successful completion, you could progress on to the BTEC Level 3 90-Credit Diploma/Extended Diploma in Music or employment in the industry. Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 3 or above, including English and Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this alongside your course. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A strong interest in music, as well as the ability to play an instrument to a reasonable standard (this is assessed through a short audition at interview).

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 126 Music

Level Level Level Music 3 Music Technology 3 Music Technology 3 (Production) BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Extended Diploma Extended Diploma BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years This applied, performance-based course This course is for you if you have a offers you a broad range of study if you strong desire to pursue a career within are hoping to pursue a career in music. the growing field of music technology or This course will take your experience of sound recording. The music industry is music and sound production to the next You will: a billion pound sector of the economy level. You must have a keen interest in >> Study the place of music in our with new opportunities emerging for sequencing, recording and performance. society, working in the music employment in the fields of music for industry, music theory and its You will: media, gaming and sound design, as practical application, composing and >> Learn a range of production well as traditional sound engineering arranging, performance techniques techniques and apply them to and composition pathways. and improvisation different music styles and genres >> Develop your skills using our You will: >> Use music technology to support real professional-standard equipment >> Work closely with music industry media and performance projects and Logic and Pro Tools to sequence professionals, attend masterclasses >> Practise sound creation and and record to a high standard with respected DJs and collaborate manipulation with performance students, as well >> Attend concerts, workshops and gigs >> Develop and deliver music products as gaining hands on experience of for the college record label >> Deliver your final performance live mixing, studio recording and at Exeter Phoenix collaborative composition projects >> Work in our industry standard recording studios and Mac suites >> Join ensembles including Big Band, >> Learn how to sequence music using choirs and Jazz Project the latest version of Logic as well as >> Carry out individual research and >> Benefit from our strong links with having access to Pro Tools presentation alongside your practical work music industry professionals to >> Study subjects such as audio gain work experience and plan engineering, music theory, sound Assessment is continuous and your career creation and manipulation and learn coursework based. how the music industry works Assessment is by written and practical Choose this course if… you are assignments. Assessment is by practical and written interested in exploring sound design Choose this course if… you live and assignments. and creative recording and production techniques. breathe music and have a strong Choose this course if… you want to motivation for studying music at learn a wide range of music production Next steps: You could progress to study higher education or entering the skills that will offer you a varied array the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma then music industry. of music industry career opportunities. courses such as Music Technology or Production at university. Next steps: You could progress to study Next steps: You could progress to study Music Performance, Commercial Music, courses such as Commercial Music or Standard entry requirements: Eight Songwriting, Composition or Production Music Technology at university. GCSEs at grade 4 or above (including at university. English Language and Maths). Standard entry requirements: You will Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, Subject specific entry requirements or need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths. recommendations: The ability to sing including English Language and Maths. or play an instrument to a comfortable Subject specific entry requirements or standard is desirable. Previous Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: The ability to sing experience with some form of sequencing recommendations: The ability to play or play an instrument to a comfortable and recording software is advantageous, an instrument with confidence and level is desirable but not essential. for example, Logic Pro, Cubase, Pro Tools, intermediate skill (assessed through Technology experience is desirable, Garage Band and Fruity Loops. an audition at interview). Vocalists are including knowledge of sequencing encouraged to learn either piano or programs and recording. This course can be combined with guitar to support their studies. two other A Levels (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Level Music or any other A Level course.

127 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Music 3 Music (Performance) 3 A Level BTEC Level 3 Certificate/ Duration: 2 years Subsidiary Diploma Duration: 2 years

Studying this course will give you an understanding of the If you already have performing experience and would like techniques of performance, harmony and composition, and a to consolidate your musical skills in a practical, industry historical perspective on a wide variety of music styles relevant way, then this course is ideal. and traditions. You will: You will: >> Take part in performances culminating in a final >> Perform, compose and critically appraise music throughout performance the course >> Focus specifically on writing and developing original material >> Join orchestras, choirs, bands and other groups >> Study practical units which focus on developing stylistic >> Take trips to professional concerts awareness, ensemble skills and musical ability >> Practise in our purpose built recording studios, rehearsal >> Study an aural/theory unit which provides the underlying suites and performance areas knowledge and skills required to work in the music industry >> Join Exeter College’s Music Academy, with its masterclasses >> Undertake a recording project in the second year and workshops led by industry professionals Assessment is by written and practical coursework. You will be assessed by a combination of coursework (60%), Choose this course if… you enjoy writing and performing including a performance recital and composition portfolio, original songs and want to expand your musicianship skills and by an end of year written examination (40%). and theory knowledge. Choose this course if… you are enthusiastic and curious Next steps: Many students who complete this course progress about a wide range of musical styles and genres and want to to university to study subjects such as popular music and explore these in much greater detail through performance, songwriting. composition and musical analysis. Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above Next steps: You could go on to a university or music (including English Language and Maths). conservatoire or work in areas such as performance, composition, music teaching, music journalism or music Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: therapy. A good intermediate performance standard is required on an instrument or voice (at equivalent to grade 4/5). You will Standard entry requirements: Eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above do a short solo performance in the first week in which you (including English Language and Maths). will demonstrate an appropriate level of technical skill and Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: musicality. Singers are strongly advised to learn the piano Grade 6 in GCSE Music and/or grade 5 theory, along with or guitar. You must also have a good basic understanding previous participation in music ensembles would be an of music notation - you do not need to be able to read music advantage. You must be able to read standard music notation fluently, however, you must know basic pitch (notes) and confidently and be familiar with both treble and bass clefs. rhythm notation. You should be able to perform at a standard equivalent to grade 4/5, in the absence of exam certificates, evidence will This course can be combined with two other A Levels be required of the standard of performance. (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Level Music or any other A Level course. This course can be combined with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with any other courses which make up a full time programme.

Find out more about our fantastic Music Academy on page 48.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 128 Science Science.

Our wide range of separate Science or Applied Science courses are ideal if you are logical, analytical and interested in developing research and technical skills. You will be mostly taught in our purpose built laboratories and lecture rooms at the new Maths and Science Centre. The Maths and Science Centre opened on Queen Street in Autumn 2015. This completely renovated building has a study area, cafe and meeting rooms, as well as spacious science labs, dedicated Maths classrooms and a computer science lab. Find out about our excellent Maths and Science Centre, see page 16.

Micael “I have really enjoyed learning about the laws that determine what happens around us and being able to experiment with these in the practicals. Being in a classroom with people that have the same interests was really superb. The teachers have always been very supportive if I had any questions. The classroom environment was supportive overall. I would definitely recommend Exeter College. I think it is a perfect stepping stone from school to university or career options, as it gives you the freedom to grow, but at the same time being there for anything you need help with.” Studying Chemistry, Physics, Maths A Levels and EPQ Previously home-schooled in Italy

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

129 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Applied Science X3 (Biomedical/Forensic Science) BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years

This exciting, practical course will equip you with a range of scientific principles and skills such as chemical analysis, microbiology and mathematical applications in science. You will: >> Look at the principals and applications of science >> Use practical scientific procedures and techniques >> Develop and understand science investigation skills and lab techniques and their application >> Carry out an investigative project >> Consider contemporary issues in science >> Use a dedicated forensic science lab >> Enjoy frequent visits to several universities and employers >> Attend careers fairs and be encouraged to undertake work experience Assessment is mainly by written assignments. In each year, approximately 18% of the course is based on a written exam. Choose this course if… you are interested in a full time rigorous Science course with a level of demand equivalent to A Level, but mainly assessed by coursework. You will be aspirational and wanting to develop a career in an area such as biomedical, applied or forensic science. Next steps: Successful students can continue their studies into many different university courses such as Forensic Sciences, Biomedical courses and Forensic Psychology. Alternatively, you may seek employment in a variety of roles including laboratory technician, crime scene investigator and the police or fire service. Standard entry requirements: You will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language and Maths. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Grade 4 in Double Award or separate Sciences is also required. Success at the end of year one in the Foundation Diploma is required to progress on to Year 2, with the expectation of consistent work of at least Merit level.

Take a full 360 degree virtual tour of our Maths and Science Centre at exe-coll.ac.uk/ STEM We also offer Biology GCSE (1 year course), for further information please visit our website.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 130 Science

Level Level Level Biology 3 Chemistry 3 Computer Science 3 AS/A Level AS/A Level A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course will give you the skills to make This course offers you a structured Are you keen to understand how connections and associations between transition from GCSE Science and computing could change the world? all living things around you. Being such Chemistry courses and prepares you If so, Computer Science is for you. It is all a broad topic, you are bound to find a for the more in depth scientific study of about designing new sets of instructions specific area of interest, plus it opens up higher education courses or the world (algorithms) to solve new problems. the door to a fantastic range of careers. of work in a scientific field. You will: You will: You will: >> Gain insight into computational >> Gain an understanding of scientific >> Gain an appreciation of important thinking: a kind of reasoning used methods chemical principles which are by humans and machines in logical fundamental to our understanding >> Learn about scientific advances in thought processes of the world technology relevant to biology >> Look at the future: could we be >> Attend a field work visit >> Learn how scientists investigate computing with DNA at some stage, scientific phenomena in their with computer circuits made of genes? >> Take part in a DNA technology attempts to explain the world workshop >> Conduct experiments to learn more about the natural world through >> Improve your communication >> Undertake practical work in new software simulations skills in science, including how well-equipped laboratories >> Develop transferable skills including to reference, writing a synoptic >> Study physical, organic and inorganic abstract thinking, mathematical essay and lab reports chemistry, analytical chemistry reasoning and problem solving >> Develop your practical and techniques and chemistry in action investigative skills through lab >> Study programming and operating Assessment is by written examinations work in our new laboratories systems which will include the assessment of >> Enhance your data analysis and your knowledge of practical procedures. Assessment is by examination, with evaluation skills some coursework in the second year. Choose this course if… you enjoy Assessment is by written examinations problem solving, building connections Choose this course if… you love which will include the assessment of within subject knowledge and programming and want to work in your knowledge of practical procedures. understanding the scientific principles computer science, software engineering or games development, or with Big Data Choose this course if… you enjoy behind processes. and the Data Scientists of the future. Or learning about how processes in living Next steps: You could progress to higher you enjoy logic problems and working organisms really happen and how all education and then on to careers through complex algorithms. living organisms are interconnected. in chemistry, chemical engineering, It is also ideal if you are interested in biochemistry, pharmaceuticals, forensic Next steps: Computer Science A Level studying topics related to health and science, medicine and related subjects. students go on to university courses in human effects on the environment. A scientific training stands you in good Computer Science, Mathematics, Law, Business, Politics and Sciences. Next steps: You could progress to higher stead for careers in a whole range education or a career in pharmacy, of occupations, including management. Standard entry requirements: You will medicine, dentistry, veterinary science Standard entry requirements: You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, and related health subjects. Progression need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, including English Language, and Maths routes include biological science, including English Language, and Maths (grade 6). biochemistry and biomedical science. (grade 6). Subject specific entry requirements: Standard entry requirements: Subject specific entry requirements: Grade 6 in GCSE Physics, or equivalent. You will need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or Grade 6 in Chemistry and Physics, Please note that you must also study above, including English Language, and or equivalent. A Level Maths alongside this A Level. Maths (grade 5). This course can be combined with This course can be combined with Subject specific entry requirements or others (see pages 43-44) and goes well others (see pages 43-44) and goes well recommendations: Grade 6 in Biology with Biology, Maths (A Level and Level 3 with Mathematics (which is compulsory) and Chemistry, or equivalent. Certificate), Physics and Geology. and Physics. Further Mathematics is an excellent option for strong This course can be combined mathematicians who have the grade with others (see pages 43-44) and goes profile for a four A Level programme to well with Chemistry and Maths (A Level take alongside these courses to help or Level 3 Certificate). Psychology, prepare them for courses at the top PE and Environmental Science are universities. also popular combinations.

131 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Level Level Level Environmental 3 Geology 3 Physics X3 Science AS/A Level AS/A Level Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years AS/A Level Duration: 2 years

Students who enjoy a multi-disciplinary Geology is a subject that brings Science If you choose to study Physics, you are approach to learning and have a keen and Physical Geography together to opting for a subject that is stimulating, interest in the sustainability of our help us understand one of the most exciting and challenging in its own planet will find this course engaging interesting subjects imaginable - the right, and an essential foundation and thought provoking. Earth we live on - and how it formed for many careers. and developed over billions of years. You will: You will: >> Gain an understanding of how Earth’s You will: >> Cover a wide range of topics from systems are used to propose changes >> Learn about the formation and elementary particle physics to in society that would produce structure of our Earth Newton’s laws of motion and gravity sustainable lifestyles >> Study earthquakes and volcanoes >> Gain great satisfaction and >> Learn about why species are and the hazards they can produce enjoyment from understanding important, how they are threatened >> Consider the evolution of life the most recent developments in and methods to conserve them and climate physics research >> Attend various trips, for example >> Understand how geology influences >> Develop your logical thinking, problem ecological sampling, Paignton Zoo and water supply, energy resources, solving and mathematical skills National Marine Aquarium Plymouth construction materials and >> Carry out practical work in new fully >> Study the science of climate change engineering equipped physics laboratories >> Learn about the impacts and >> Go on trips to experience geology Assessment is by written examinations management of unsustainable in the field and to acquire essential which will include the assessment of exploitation of water, mineral practical skills your knowledge of practical procedures. resources and soil Assessment is by examination which Choose this course if… you want to know >> Study how we manage pollution, will include the assessment of your how the natural world works and what energy and biological resources knowledge of practical procedures. the fundamental forces and principles >> Develop your practical and Choose this course if… you enjoy are which underlie the building blocks investigative skills through lab applying scientific knowledge to the of the universe. Physics is a great A Level work in our new laboratories study of our planet. Geology involves for a range of mathematical and scientific Assessment is by examination which elements of Physics, Chemistry and careers including Architecture, Medicine, will include the assessment of your Biology and appeals to students who Computer Science and Geology. It is also a knowledge of practical procedures. like a practical and problem solving well-respected qualification for a range of approach to learning. professions such as law or management. Choose this course if… you enjoy a multi-disciplinary approach to Next steps: You could progress to a Next steps: You could progress to university, learning and have a keen interest in wide range of university courses training or an Apprenticeship in Physics the sustainability of our planet, from in Geology and Geophysics. It also or Engineering. the conservation of wildlife to the supports the physical aspects of a Standard entry requirements: You will development of technology to improve Geography degree. Or you could go on need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, renewable energy resources. to training and employment in fields including English Language, and Maths such as geology, seismology, geo- Next steps: You could progress to a (grade 6). engineering, or resource exploration. wide range of university courses, or to Subject specific entry requirements employment with organisations such as Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 or recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE the Environment Agency, the National in English and 4 in Maths. Plus, you Physics or Double Award Science. If you Trust and conservation agencies. will need six GCSEs at grade 4 or have a grade 6 in Maths, a compulsory above including two Sciences. Standard entry requirements: You will supplementary Maths course is provided - this requires attendance at an extra need eight GCSEs at grade 4 or above, This course can be combined Maths lesson per week. including English Language and Maths. with others (see pages 43-44) and goes well with A Levels in Biology, Chemistry, This course can be combined with This course can be combined Physics, Maths, Environmental Science with others (see pages 43-44) and goes others (see pages 43-44) and goes well and Geography. well with A Level Biology, Chemistry or with Geography, Geology and Biology. Computer Science. Maths A Level is very highly recommended and essential for progression to university in Physics or Engineering. If you don’t take Maths A Level, the Level 3 Certificate in Maths is available as an Extend option (see page 45). Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 132 Sport and Fitness Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure. We have a diverse range of vibrant sport, PE, fitness Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre at Exeter and outdoor adventure courses at all levels here at Quay offers a wide range of activities including sailing, Exeter College. You will have the opportunity to learn canoeing, kayaking, windsurfing, climbing, abseiling, sport in a practical and applied environment. You could caving, orienteering, archery, raft building, team join our sports academies, allowing you to continue building and first aid, as well as a Powerfan freefall with your academic studies and improve your sporting descent. Working in partnership with Devon County performance. Council, this world class centre is used by outdoor These courses take place at Victoria House site and our adventure students as well as the community. outdoor adventure courses are delivered at Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre (unless otherwise stated), see pages 19-20 for maps. In 2019 we opened a brand new £2.4million Gym and Dance Studio, as part of our Sports Hall building which opened in 2015.

Jack “I chose my A Level subjects because I enjoyed all of them at school and wanted to carry on studying them. In terms of balancing my studies with the Rugby Academy, it has been quite easy and fluid in terms of managing my time. The coaches help you manage things really well, so you get a good balance of academic study and playing rugby. Within the Academy we are pushed to be student athletes – so our studies come first and rugby second. I am lucky enough to be Captain of the team this year and we went to compete in Japan, which I was so excited about. It was a real group effort – from training sessions to analysis sessions to gym sessions - everyone has worked hard to get here. As a team we have a strong bond and love playing together and there is good communication with the coaches too.” Studying Geography, Physical Education and Business Studies A Levels Apprenticeships Previously studied at Teignmouth Community School are also available, see pages 145-164.

133 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Look out for these icons in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies You can combine that course with other courses to create a full time programme of study

Ben “My course has been amazing. I am really interested in the anatomy of the body and also psychology of how people act in sports so it’s been perfect for that. We have regular meetings with our tutors to keep up to date and raise any queries we have. The Sports Academy fits in really nicely with my studies - educations clearly comes first and sports fit in around the subjects you pick.” Studying BTEC 90 Credit Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences, Level 3 Previously studied at Holyrood Academy, Somerset

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 134 Outdoor Adventure

Level Level Level Outdoor Adventure 1 Sport (Outdoor and 2 Sport (Outdoor X3 BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Adventurous Activities) Adventure) Duration: 1 year BTEC Level 2 Diploma BTEC Level 3 90 Credit Diploma/ Duration: 1 year Extended Diploma This work-related course provides you Duration: 2 years with an insight into working within This specialist course builds on your Outdoor Adventurous Activities. While experience of outdoor adventurous This course will take your knowledge, studying on the BTEC Level 1 Diploma activities and starts to develop your skills and experience of the outdoor you will also work towards gaining leadership and planning skills. adventurous activities industry to introductory qualifications within advanced level. the industry. You will: >> Participate in a range of activities You will: You will: from kayaking to caving, beginning >> Continue the development of >> Take part in activities including to take on the role of a guide your outdoor activity skills within kayaking, canoeing, climbing, and leader kayaking, canoeing, climbing, caving and mountain biking >> Combine practical work and theory, sailing, caving and hill walking >> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor studying subjects like anatomy and navigation skills Education Centre and physiology >> Develop your leadership skills, >> Develop your essential, transferable >> Develop your knowledge and ability practice and experience skills in literacy and numeracy in fitness testing and training >> Become competent in assessing >> Gain practical experience and work >> Plan and lead a range of sports and managing equipment, facilities placements as part of the course activities and gain work and and risk >> Understand and develop the skills expedition experience >> Gain advanced skills in a range and qualities necessary to work >> Have opportunities to achieve of water based and land based in this industry national governing body adventurous activities >> Learn about first aid qualifications >> Participate in work experience, Assessment is through practical >> Work in our Haven Banks Outdoor study trips and expeditions observation, witness statements, written Education Centre and other >> Study topics such as nutrition and coursework and assignments. local facilities sustainable outdoor adventure Choose this course if... you are thinking Assessment is by assignments, external Assessment is mainly through about a future in the world of sports examinations, observation and coursework set by your lecturers, along and leadership. This course is a great written work. with some externally assessed aspects. platform for you to develop your Choose this course if… you enjoy both Choose this course if… you enjoy confidence, sporting ability, leadership outdoor and adventurous activities as and want to develop your skills and and coaching style. well as learning more about fitness. leadership in outdoor and adventurous Next steps: You could progress to the activities. The course is suitable for Next steps: You could progress to Level 2 in Outdoor Adventure or apply those that are enthusiastic, hard working the Level 3 qualification in Outdoor for an Apprenticeship in outdoor and willing to push their comfort zone. Adventure, an Outdoor Adventure education. Apprenticeship or work in the industry. Next steps: On completion of this course Standard entry requirements: Minimum you may wish to progress to a Foundation Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 of a grade 2 in English Language and Degree or enter the outdoor activities in English Language and Maths. If you Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in industry directly, either as an Apprentice don’t have a grade 4 in English and English and Maths, you will be required or through employment. Maths, you will be required to study for to study for this alongside your course. this alongside your course. Plus, you will Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs need three GCSEs at grade 3 or above, or in English Language. If you do not have at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. equivalent and two at grade 2 or above. a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required Subject specific entry requirements or to work towards an appropriate Level 2 Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You also need the qualification in this subject. Plus, you recommendations: You will need the personal qualities required to work will need five GCSEs at grade 4 or above, personal qualities for working in the in the outdoor and adventurous or equivalent. outdoor adventure industry. activities industry. Subject specific entry requirements This course takes place at Haven Banks or recommendations: A desire to OEC and the Ted Wragg Building, see participate and engage with a range pages 19-20 for a map. of outdoor activities in a variety of environments and weather conditions. The personal qualities required to work in the outdoor and adventurous activities industry are essential.

135 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Sport and Fitness

Level Level Level Physical Activity, X2 Sport 2 Sport 2 Fitness and Exercise BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate (Futsal Academy) Duration: 1 year Science (Fitness Instructor) BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year Level 2 Diploma On this examinable, written and Duration: 1 year practical course, you will gain an This course will introduce you to the excellent introduction to the sport sport and leisure industry, combined The course gives you an in depth look and active leisure industry. with representing Exeter City in our into health and fitness and provides you You will: Futsal Academy. with a vocational qualification, giving >> Study subjects such as anatomy and You will: you the opportunity to work within the physiology for sport and profiling >> Study topics such as the sports industry and progress on to the Level 3 sports performance Personal Training Certificate/Diploma, performer in action, injury and the alongside other continuing personal >> Learn how to plan, lead and evaluate sports performer and profiling sports development units. sports activities performance >> Engage in a range of sports to >> Earn qualifications that will support You will: develop your own skills >> Study the principles of anatomy, future employment in the sport physiology and fitness to understand >> Understand how lifestyle affects and leisure industry, and have the how the body operates for physical performance opportunity to take part in our activity >> Undertake fitness training and testing National Citizenship Service (NCS) programme >> Learn about the different elements Assessment is by external examinations, >> Train in a professional environment involved in working within the assignments and observation. health and fitness industry. For and represent Exeter City in the EFL example, the active leisure and Choose this course if… you have Trust’s National Futsal Programme learning sector, health and safety aspirations of learning more about a >> Receive free entry to selected Exeter and welfare, including lifestyle career in the sports industry or want to City Football Club fixtures factors, such as nutrition advice and progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National Assessment is by external examinations, managing personal and professional Extended Diploma in Sport. assignments and observation. development Next steps: After completing the >> You will gain valuable experience BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate Choose this course if… you have in working with real members you may pursue employment or an aspirations of learning more about a of Exeter College’s gym facility, Apprenticeship within the sport and career in the sports industry or want to delivering inductions and a variety leisure industry. Alternatively, you may progress on to the BTEC Level 3 National of fitness sessions be able to continue your studies at Extended Diploma in Sport. >> You will also have the opportunity Exeter College by progressing to a Level Next steps: After completing the to study specialist units, such as 3 course. BTEC Level 2 Extended Certificate studio cycling, circuit instructing Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 you may pursue employment or an and kettle bell instructing in English Language. You will need three Apprenticeship within the sport and leisure industry. Alternatively, you can Assessments are through oral, written and GCSEs at grade 3 or equivalent and two continue your studies at Exeter College practical activity, as well as examinations. at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be by progressing to a Level 3 course. Choose this course if… you have the required to study for this alongside your Standard entry requirements: Grade 3 aspiration of working in the fitness course. in English Language. You will need three industry as a Fitness Instructor or wish GCSEs at grade 3 or equivalent and two to study to become a Personal Trainer. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: You will also need at grade 2 or above. If you don’t have a Next steps: You will be able to progress the personal qualities for working in grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be to a more advanced course, such as the sports industry and enthusiasm required to study for this alongside your the Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training for sport. course. or to an Apprenticeship in the fitness Subject specific entry requirements or industry. Did you know? recommendations: You also need the Standard entry requirements: You will personal qualities for working in the We have an need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above. all-weather, community sports industry, a willingness to get If you don’t have a grade 4 in English involved practically and an enthusiasm Language and Maths, you will be accessible 3G astroturf for futsal. required to study for this alongside your pitch which is used for This course takes place at Victoria course. a range of sports and House, Exeter College’s gym and Subject specific entry requirements wellbeing activities. St James Park. or recommendations: You will need the personal qualities for working in the health and fitness industry and an enthusiasm for sport.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 136 Sport and Fitness

Level Level Physical Activity, Fitness 3 Sport - Fitness and Coaching 3 and Exercise Science (Personal Trainer) BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years Active IQ Level 3 Diploma Duration: 1 year This two year, full time course combines the examinable, practical and theoretical elements of Sport, which meets This course gives you an in depth look into health and fitness the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher and provides you with a vocational qualification. It will give education courses in Sport before entering employment. The you the opportunity to work within the industry. course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are You will: externally assessed. >> Study applied human biology for exercise and fitness to You will study: understand how the body operates for physical activity > Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed) >> Learn the principles of nutrition for a healthy lifestyle > Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed) >> Learn about the different elements involved in working > Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity one to one with clients, conducting consultations, (Externally Assessed) programme design and advanced methods of delivery > Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure >> Develop exceptional customer care skills Industry >> Design and prepare a business plan through marketing > Professional Development in the Sports Industry products and services, studying enterprise and > Sport Leadership entrepreneurship > Application of Fitness Testing >> Learn how technology in sport can be incorporated into mainstream personal training > Practical Sports Performance >> Attain the knowledge to perform sports massage with > Coaching for Performance soft tissue treatments > Research Methods in Sport >> Gain valuable experience in working with real members > Skill Acquisition in Sport of Exeter College’s gym facility, delivering inductions and a variety of fitness sessions You may also have the opportunity to study an additional qualification alongside this course, for example, ActiveIQ Level Assessments are through oral, written and practical 2 - Fitness Instructor Qualification. activity, as well as exams. In your second year you will also complete a work experience Choose this course if… you have completed the Year 1 Diploma unit which will assess your skills in workplace environments. in Physical Activity Fitness and Exercise Science or have completed a Level 2 Fitness Instructor course The course contains 10 mandatory, internally assessed units alongside a BTEC Sport Level 3 Extended Diploma. and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either through exams, controlled assessments or coursework. Next steps: You could progress on to a Coaching and Fitness Foundation Degree (FdSc) here at Exeter College. Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more You could also progress on to Level 3 GP referral and then about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself Level 4 courses such as Obesity and Diabetes specialisms. for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate Once qualified you will be able to work self-employed about sport. or be employed as a personal trainer or sports masseuse. Next steps: After completing this course you will be Standard entry requirements: You will need to have ideally suited to progression to higher education such as a completed the first year of the Diploma in Physical Activity, Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy Fitness and Exercise Science or the Level 2 Fitness Instructor at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If plus bridging units to qualify. If you don’t have a grade 4 you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional in English and Maths, you will be required to study for this sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry. alongside your course. You will need the personal qualities for Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs working in the health and fitness industry and at grade 4 or above (including English Language) plus two an enthusiasm for sport. GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent. If you do not have a grade 4 or above in Maths you will be required to work towards an appropriate level qualification. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A For information genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as

about all our practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 in fantastic sports GCSE PE will also be an advantage. facilities and recent team achievements, see pages 17-18.

137 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Sport and Fitness

Level Level Sport - Sport Academy 3 Sport - Futsal Academy 3 BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This two year, full time course combines the examinable, This two year, full time course combines the examinable, practical and theoretical elements of Sport which meets practical and theoretical elements of Sport which meets the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher the entry requirements for learners to progress to higher education courses in Sport before entering employment. The education courses in Sport before entering employment. The course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are course includes the study of 14 Units, 42% of which are externally assessed. This qualification will be studied externally assessed. The course also involves you representing alongside your participation within one of our Sport the Exeter City Futsal Academy which will involve you Academies and is your main priority during your educational competing against other professional football clubs and journey with us. training three times a week, alongside your academical studies. You will study: > Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed) You will study: > Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed) > Anatomy and Physiology (Externally Assessed) > Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity > Fitness Training and Programming (Externally Assessed) (Externally Assessed) > Development and Provision of Sport and Physical Activity > Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure (Externally Assessed) Industry > Investigating Business in Sport and the Active Leisure > Professional Development in the Sports Industry Industry > Sport Leadership > Professional Development in the Sports Industry > Application of Fitness Testing > Sport Leadership > Practical Sports Performance > Application of Fitness Testing > Coaching for Performance > Practical Sports Performance > Research Methods in Sport > Coaching for Performance > Skill Acquisition in Sport > Research Methods in Sport > Skill Acquisition in Sport You may also have the opportunity to study additional qualification alongside this course, for example: ActiveIQ Level Assessments: The course contains 10 mandatory internally 2 - Fitness Instructor Qualification. assessed units and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either through exams, controlled assessments or In your second year you will also complete a work experience coursework. unit which will assess your skills in workplace environments. Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more The course contains 10 mandatory internally assessed units about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself and 4 externally assessed units. Assessments are either for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate through exams, controlled assessments or coursework. about sport. You should also have a passion for playing Futsal Choose this course if… you have aspirations of learning more and be eager to develop your overall ability and compete at a about a career in the sports industry, want to prepare yourself high level. for a higher education pathway in sport or are passionate Next steps: After completing this course you will be about sport. ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a Next steps: After completing this course you will be Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy ideally suited to progress on to higher education such a at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If Foundation Degree in Coaching and Fitness or Sports Therapy you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another university. If sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry. you prefer, you can move straight onto a career in professional Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs at sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry. grade 4 or above (including English Language and Maths) plus Standard entry requirements: A minimum of five GCSEs two GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent. at grade 4 or above (including English Language) plus two Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A GCSEs at grade 3, or equivalent. If you do not have a grade 4 genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as or above in Maths you will be required to work towards an practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 appropriate level qualification. in GCSE PE will also be an advantage. Alongside your entry Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: A requirements, you will also be need to accepted by Exeter genuine interest in the theoretical side of sport as well as City Football Club to represent the Futsal Academy. Previous practical participation is strongly recommended. A grade 4 in Futsal/football experience is desirable. GCSE PE will also be an advantage.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 138 Evie “I decided to enrol on my course because I love being outdoors and wanted to try new activities with like-minded people. I have enjoyed the activities offsite on practical days and also a trip to North Wales. The tutors have all been massively supportive and understanding. The college environment is fun and never boring. I would recommend Exeter College because there is such a huge variety of courses and if you do what you enjoy it is easy to fit in and have a comfortable, happy college experience. After my Level 3 course I want to keep training to gain more qualifications to be an outdoor education instructor and stay working outdoors.” Studying Sport (Outdoor Adventure) BTEC Level 3 90-Credit Diploma Previously studied at Isca College of Media and Arts

139 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk

Level Level Level 3 3 3 Sport and Exercise Sport and Exercise Physical Education Science Science A Level Duration: 2 years BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma BTEC Level 3 Extended Certificate Duration: 2 years Duration: 2 years

This course combines the examinable, On this course you will gain both a written and practical elements of sport This course is the equivalent of one practical and theoretical introduction and exercise sciences through the A Level, it combines practical and to the various disciplines involved study of 13 elements over two years. theoretical study of anatomy, sport and in physical education, such as This is equivalent to three A Levels. You exercise psychology, sport coaching and biomechanics, nutrition, anatomy and will be given the opportunity to learn specialised fitness training. It can be sport psychology. combined with two A Levels. about sport and exercise sciences in You will: a practical and applied environment, You will study 4 units: > Study anatomical, physiological, while potential selection into one of Year 1: ​ psychological and socio-cultural our Sports Academies will allow you to Functional Anatomy issues related to Physical Education combine your academic studies with Coaching for Performance and Fitness improving your sporting performance. Exam at the end of the 2nd year = 70% ​Year 2: ​ of final grade. Practical performance as You will: Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology a player or coach = 15% of final grade. Study a variety of units including: >> Specialised Fitness Training Coursework – verbal assessment of your Sport and Exercise Physiology chosen sport = 15% of final grade. (external assessment, 1.5 hr exam), The course comprises of four modules, Functional Anatomy (external two of which are completed in Year 1 Choose this course if… you enjoy sport assessment, 1.5 hr exam), Coaching and two of which are completed in year and participate regularly and want to for Performance and Fitness and 2. You will be assessed though external study the theoretical basis of PE. Sports Injury and assessment examination, controlled assessment and through the completion of coursework. Next steps: After completing this >> Be taught in many ways including course you will be ideally suited to realistic vocational situations and Choose this course if… you have progress on to higher education such activities aspirations to learn more about the a Foundation Degree in Coaching and human body, performance psychology You may also have the opportunity to Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter and how to lead effective sport and study additional options, for example, College or a relevant degree at another physical activity sessions. Furthermore, CYQ Level 2 - Fitness Instructor university. If you prefer, you can move this course will prepare you for higher Qualification. straight onto a career in professional education sport and sport and exercise sport or any part of the extensive Sport The course contains 7 mandatory units, science courses. and Fitness Industry. and 6 optional units. Assessments are either externally examinable, controlled Next steps: After completing this Standard entry requirements: Eight assessments or coursework. course you will be ideally suited to GCSEs at grade 4 and above (including progress on to higher education such Maths and English Language). Choose this course if … you have a Foundation Degree in Coaching and aspirations of learning more about a Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter Subject specific entry requirements or career in the sports industry, want to College or a relevant degree at another recommendations: Grade 6 in GCSE PE prepare yourself for a higher education university. If you prefer, you can move or a grade 6 in a Science. pathway in sport or are passionate straight onto a career in professional about sport and exercise sciences. sport or any part of the extensive Sport Next steps: After completing this and Fitness Industry. course you will be ideally suited to Standard entry requirements: Eight progress on to higher education such GCSEs at Grade 4 and above (including a Foundation Degree in Coaching and Maths and English Language). Fitness or Sports Therapy at Exeter College or a relevant degree at another Subject specific entry requirements university. If you prefer, you can move or recommendations: Grade 5 is also straight onto a career in professional required in a Science and PE (if taken). sport or any part of the Sport and Fitness Industry. Standard entry requirements: Five Did you know? GCSEs at Grade 4 and above (including � We are an ALPs Centre of Excellence to Maths and English Language). recognise the large number of student Subject specific entry requirements who achieve about their target grade or recommendations: Grade 5 is also � We had 100% pass rate in 2019 required in a Science and PE (if taken). � 61% of our pass students achieved an A*-B grade

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 140 Travel and Tourism Travel and Tourism.

Whether you want to work for an airline, be a resort of travel and tourism and develop practical skills representative, start a career in hospitality and through residential trips, practical sessions and events, be a holiday entertainer or just have a passion industry visits and talks. We also offer the fantastic for travel, then our range of travel and tourism opportunity of studying within the Training Academy courses are ideal for you. at Exeter Airport, where you will work in a professional environment with the use of a mock aircraft and real All our teaching staff have travel and tourism industry airline equipment. You will benefit from our links with experience, which ensures you will develop the skills local and international organisations, including our required to progress successfully into the industry. partner Flybe. During your course you will enhance your knowledge

Ben “I have always wanted to fly, ever since flying for the first time back in 2005. Once I stepped off that plane, I knew what I wanted to do. When I realised that Exeter College offered a route to the career I dreamt of, I was quick to apply! The course was such a great help and insight into the world of aviation and how I could become part of it. Situated between the college and down at the Flybe Academy at Exeter Airport, you are part of an atmosphere of an actual live airline. I have now been working for Flybe for over 4 years. I am so thankful for the help of the lecturers and coursework which made the career I’d always wanted, happen. If you want a varied job that’s not your usual 9 to 5, I would definitely recommend becoming Cabin Crew, like me.”

Previously studied Travel and Tourism (Flybe route) BTEC Extended Diploma, Level 3 Ben is now working as a Flight Attendant at Flybe, Exeter

141 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Level Hospitality and 1 Travel and Tourism 2 Tourism BTEC First Level 2 Extended Certificate Duration: 1 year The Training BTEC Level 1 Introductory Diploma Duration: 1 year Academy, part of If you are interested in a career in travel and tourism, this course will give you a If working in hospitality and tourism regional airline Flybe, is broad introduction to the industry. located at Exeter Airport in appeals, then this vocational course will be a good choice for you. You will: the UK. The international >> Study UK and European destinations facility includes a flight You will: >> Research travel destinations and >> Focus on transferable skills that are simulator complex and prepare and cook food essential for employment in the sector, including communication and cabin door trainer. >> Increase your understanding of customer service customer care and your ability to take on a frontline customer >> Have an introduction to the cruise service role and hospitality industries >> Come up with solutions to customer >> Explore employment opportunities in enquiries the sector >> Plan a trip to a visitor attraction and >> Give presentations and carry out take part in a week’s work experience interviews >> Gain self-confidence and the >> Have an opportunity to plan and knowledge to apply for jobs in participate in a residential trip the sector >> Visit travel and tourism organisations >> Understand and develop the skills such as London Dungeons and and qualities necessary to work Thorpe Park in this industry You will be taught and assessed in a >> Enhance your English and Maths variety of methods including making ability presentations, carrying out interviews, case studies and producing leaflets. You will be assessed by assignments and coursework, with tests for Maths There are two externally marked units, and English. with the remaining being assessed by coursework. Choose this course if… you enjoy getting out and meeting people, helping Choose this course if… you are people sort out problems, cooking enthusiastic, dynamic and passionate and preparing food, visiting different about travel and tourism. If you want attractions and planning days out to develop your self-confidence and and holidays. organisational skills in order to meet challenges head on, then get on board! Next steps: On successful completion of this course you may be able to Next steps: After completing the BTEC progress to a Level 2 course or an Level 2 Extended Certificate, you may Apprenticeship. Some students choose pursue employment within the travel to seek employment. and tourism industry, take up a relevant Apprenticeship or continue your studies Standard entry requirements: Minimum at Exeter College following a Level 3 of a Grade 2 in English Language and course. Maths. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be required Standard entry requirements: Four to study for this alongside your course. GCSEs at grade 3 or above. Plus, you Plus, you will need two additional GCSEs will need two GCSEs at grade 2, at grade 2 or above, or equivalent. or equivalent. If you don’t have a grade 4 in English and Maths, you will be Subject specific entry requirements or required to study for this alongside recommendations: An interest in gaining your course. a job in the hospitality and tourism industry is really important. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Good This course takes place in the Ted Wragg communication and interpersonal skills Building, see pages 19-20 for a map. are essential, along with the personal qualities needed for working in the travel and tourism industry.

142 Travel and Tourism

Level Level Airline Cabin Crew and Aviation 2 Travel and Tourism 3 Operations on the Ground (Air Industry path) Level 2 City and Guilds Diploma BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma Duration: 1 year Duration: 2 years

This course will give you knowledge of the aviation industry, This course includes practical experience and assessment including airline cabin crew and aviation operations, with at the Training Academy at Exeter Airport, allowing you practical experience at the Training Academy. to experience a real life aviation environment and use equipment that all airlines use around the world. You will: >> Study units such as Airline Emergency Procedures, You will complete two qualifications as part of this course The Role of Cabin Crew On-board, First Aid and Airport - a BTEC (Foundation) Diploma in Travel and Tourism and Check-in Services City & Guilds Award in Air Cabin Crew. >> Learn about a range of areas that you can work in with You will: airports and airlines >> Study The World of Travel Destinations, Global >> Gain vital skills to progress directly into a career working Destinations, Customer Services and Travel and Tourism in the aviation industry Enterprises, together with two other optional units >> Study health and wellbeing, which is a vital aspect >> Learn about customer service and the role of resort of working as cabin crew representatives >> Gain work experience in the industry There are practical assessments, written assignments, group activities, research tasks, presentations and observations. >> Gain your Airline Cabin Crew Award at the This will include completing aircraft evacuations, putting Exeter Airport Training Academy out aircraft fires, carrying out a safety demonstration and Assessment is by practical role play as well as assignments lifesaving techniques. You will complete some written work as and presentations. evidence. At the academy a full cabin crew uniform must be worn to industry standards. Choose this course if… you have always wanted to work in an airline or travel environment, giving excellent customer Choose this course if… you enjoy working with other people, service both in the air as cabin crew, as ground staff in have a positive and happy personality and have a total an airport or working within another role in aviation. passion for everything aviation based! If you can see yourself working anti-social hours and being able to maintain a smile Next steps: You could seek employment with a range of and a positive attitude and approachable personality, then airlines or progress onto higher education. this course is for you. Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. Next steps: The course increases your chances of securing If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required a job as a member of air cabin crew and other careers to study for this alongside your course. Plus, you will need within the aviation industry, providing you meet minimum four GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two additional GCSEs entry requirements. It is designed to provide a route into at grade 3 or above. employment, rather than higher education. Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in English Language. You also need the personal qualities required for working If you don’t have a grade 4 in Maths, you will be required in the travel industry, such as high grooming standards, to study for GCSE Maths alongside your course. Plus, you will good communication skills, enthusiasm and a willingness need four GCSEs at grade 4 or above. to complete practical assessments. During your time at the Academy, a full cabin crew uniform must be Subject specific entry requirements or recommendations: worn to industry standards. You must be 17 or 18 at the start of your course, you must be a minimum height of 5ft 2 (1m 57cm), have no visible tattoos, Year 2 Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism good communication skills and enthusiasm, a willingness A 2nd year progression course will be available (subject to to complete practical assessments in front of your peers, awarding body approval) enabling students to gain the full ability to swim 25 metres unaided and excellent personal Extended Diploma. presentation standards. This course takes place at Victoria House and the Training You will need exceptional grooming standards and the Academy for part of the week. personal qualities needed (see website for details). This course takes place at Victoria House and the Training Academy for part of the week.

143 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Level Travel and Tourism 3 The three qualifications below are all one year, (Tourism Industry path) Level 2 qualifications based at Victoria House. BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma These additional qualifications must be taken with Duration: 2 years the BTEC Level 3 Foundation Diploma/Extended This course allows you to gain an in Diploma Travel and Tourism (Resort Representatives/ depth understanding of the travel and tourism industry, whilst also providing Flybe, depending on which pathway is chosen). work related qualifications in a range of sectors within the industry. Level Level 2 2 You will: Resort Airline Cabin Crew >> Study The World of Travel Representatives Level 2 City and Guilds Level 2 Destinations, Global Destinations, Award and Certificate Customer Services and Travel and NCFE Level 2 Award Tourism Enterprises This course runs alongside your main >> Complete work experience This course is ideal if you want to work BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Travel placements thanks to our excellent in the travel and tourism industry as a and Tourism and is ideal if you want to industry links with employers, resort representative for tour operators, find employment as airline cabin crew including Thomas Cook, Thistle both overseas as well as in the UK. You or if you wish to enhance the skills Hotels, Bath Travel and Crealy will develop essential industry skills and required to work within the travel and Adventure Park learn how to organise entertainment tourism industry. You will learn about activities. You will gain knowledge >> Learn about working as an overseas the role of cabin crew on board and and practice in selling excursions and representative, holiday entertainer familiarise yourself with emergency resolving problems and focus on how to and as a children’s representative procedures and equipment used. You provide excellent customer service. >> Attend a residential in Edinburgh and will also develop practical skills in an overseas residential to experience On successful completion of the how to deal with first aid incidents on how the travel industry operates qualification, and subject to meeting board. Other practical activities include the entry requirements for Thomas water lifesaving, airline firefighting, use Assessment includes a range of Cook, you will have the opportunity of the emergency chute, and opening methods such as assignment tasks, of interviewing as an overseas and closing aircraft doors. You will presentations, group and practical representative. learn about time zones and airline activities. In addition to your BTEC terminology, and will complete a short Diploma, you will study two NCFE online exam to assess this. courses in Resort Representatives and Event Planning Level Event Planning. 2 The qualification is recognised by Flybe and British Airways and prepares you for Next steps: This course is an excellent NCFE Level 2 Certificate work in the airline industry. Candidates pathway into the industry and you will who achieve the award and certificate have the opportunity of job interviews, This course will give you a good will increase their chances of interview or you could decide to progress to introduction to the skills required for and selection with airlines across the UK university. There is a very good success successful event planning, organisation and Europe. rate for students going straight into and evaluation. You will learn about employment with companies such as the duties of event planners and tour operators, travel agencies, airlines, co-ordinators, how to plan your own airports and hotels. event and evaluate its success. You Standard entry requirements: Grade 4 in will also find out how to manage English Language and Maths. If you have budgets, learn health and safety not achieved grade 4 and human resources. This qualification or above in GCSE Maths you will be can lead on to careers in many areas expected to work towards achieving of the travel and tourism industry, an appropriate Level 2 qualification in including hotels and conferencing, this subject. Plus, you will need four visitor attractions and holiday parks. GCSEs at grade 4 or above and two You can also progress on to higher additional GCSEs at grade 3 or above. education. Year 2 Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism A 2nd year progression course will be available (subject to awarding body approval) enabling students to gain the full Extended Diploma.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 144 Apprenticeships Apprenticeships.

Want to earn while you learn? How We Support You: Apprenticeships are an exciting Our Exeter College Apprenticeship Team put you at the centre of everything we do – and will support alternative to full time study, where you from start to finish. you gain workplace skills and If you are considering an Apprenticeship, all you experience, as well as a qualification have to do is call and speak to one of our expert - all while getting paid. team. You can book an appointment to meet with a As an Apprentice you will work and be Training and Recruitment Adviser to: treated as an employee, spending your >> explore different career paths that suit your week at your place of work with one skills and interests day at the college to further develop >> check out what programmes we offer your learning and skills. Our courses >> learn more about the different businesses you could work for are available to anyone, aged 16 and >> find a job from 100s of current vacancies above, looking to kick-start their career. >> brush up on CV writing There are now more programmes >> practice interview skills than ever, in a variety of roles and >> and ask any other questions you have about industries; from Digital Marketing Apprenticeships… and Laboratory Technician, through To book, email [email protected] or call 01392 400800 to Commis Chef and Engineering. On completion, you can advance onto a Take a Traineeship higher level of apprenticeship, with We offer Maths, English and IT support to any of our apprentices who don’t have the qualifications qualifications ranging from level 2 required for their chosen programme. However, if (GCSE Standard) up to degree level. you are between 16-25 and you don’t currently have the skills or experience to begin an apprenticeship There has never been a better time to quite yet, the 6-month Traineeship could be perfect take an apprenticeship and make your for you. dream job a reality. Through this course, you will receive essential work preparation training, through a work placement, and Top for Apprenticeships extra Maths and English tuition. The short course Exeter College is an award-winning, outstanding should help you to become ‘work ready’, boost your provider of exceptional Apprenticeship programmes. confidence and allow you to take the next step into Also, as the Number one for Employer Satisfaction an Apprenticeship. in the South of England *, we have fantastic relationships with over 950 businesses, which means you have access to some of the best jobs in the region. You can view our Apprenticeship vacancies at: @ExeApprentices exe-coll.ac.uk/Apprenticeships *Department for Education in its 2018 survey of employers 37 Queen Street, Exeter, EX4 3SR

145 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Leanna “The most rewarding thing about my job is helping people who are unable to help themselves. I get a sense of accomplishment and really cherish the strong bonds I have built with the individuals I care for. An Apprenticeship allows me to be more hands on, and I felt this would better help me progress in my career.” Level 2 Adult Care Apprenticeship - The Dales Nursing Home

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 146 Adult Care Worker 159 Assistant Accountant 148 Barbering 158 Bench Joinery or Site Carpentry 151 Bricklaying 151 Business 149 Business Services 149 Chef de Partie 161 Children and Young People’s Workforce 154 Clinical Health Support Worker 159 Commis Chef 160 Civil Engineering 153 Construction 152 Dental Nursing 160 Digital Marketer 149 Early Years Educator 154 Electrical Installation 151 Engineering Technician 155 Exercise and Fitness 156 Hairdressing 158 Healthcare Support Worker 159 Heavy Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163 Hospitality Supervisor 161 Hospitality Team Member 160 Human Resources Support 150 Infrastructure Technician 162 Callum Laboratory Technician 153 Large Goods Vehicle Driver 163 “My Apprenticeship has gone beyond Leisure Operations and Management 157 my expectations. I have been given a lot Light Vehicle Maintenance and Repair 163 of responsibility in my role, where I am Outdoor Activity Instructor 155 planning my own days. Painting and Decorating 152 All the college lecturers have shown an Personal Training - Health and Fitness (Gym Based) 157 interest in my Apprenticeship but also Plumbing 152 my wellbeing, which has been really nice.” Software Development Technician 162 Supporting Teaching and Level 3 IT Apprenticeship - St Peter’s Church of Learning in Physical Education 156 England Aided School Supporting Teaching and Learning in Schools 154 Team Leader/Supervisor 150 Vehicle Body Repair and Body Refinishing 164 Warehousing Operative 163

Look out for this icon in the course information

You can progress from this course to our Centre for University Level Studies

147 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Accountancy.

Assistant Accountant Level 3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will learn advanced financial Next steps: On completion you could progress on to the skills to develop a career as an accountant. You will provide Level 4 Professional Accountant Apprenticeship or into full support to internal and external customers and work within time employment. the finance function of an organisation. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and You will: therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, > Develop your skills in finance administration, double you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and entry bookkeeping, basic costing principles, and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and purchase, sales and general ledgers provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- > Master more complex financial processes, including final Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. accounts for sole traders and partnerships, reports and returns, and professional ethics Key information: > Have access to a team of qualified tutors and qualified Location: Bradninch Court accountants with practical accountancy experience Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 3

Katie “I’ve always been passionate about Maths and problem solving. Accountancy was a way to integrate this with business and practical training, and I was excited about being able to use my skills on the job every day. An Apprenticeship gives you a head start in your chosen career path; you can build up your work experience, create strong business relationships early on in your career, and gain qualifications.” Level 3 Assistant Accountant Apprenticeship - Sheppard, Rockey and Williams

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 148 Apprenticeships

Business and Professional Services.

Business Digital Marketer Business Services Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will learn This Apprenticeship has been designed This Apprenticeship is appropriate for how to support and engage with specifically by Apprentice employers those working in a customer service different parts of your organisation for those looking for a career in digital role. You will learn the core customer and interact with internal or external marketing or social media. You will service responsibilities and deliver customers. This will involve developing learn how to use a variety of channels high quality products and services strong written and communication reach a specific audience to promote to the customers of an organisation, skills, showing initiative when products or services. which may be delivered from the managing priorities and workload. workplace, digitally, or through going You will: out into the customer’s own locality. You will: > Develop your knowledge of social > Learn how to develop, media within a business You will: > Understand your customers, the implement, maintain and improve > Learn the principles of keywords organisation, product service and administrative services and optimisation product knowledge > Practice problem-solving and > Learn about content management > Find out about regulations and decision-making skills systems and website creation legislations > Learn laws and regulations such > Learn how to analyse and create > Learn about customer responsibility as data protection and Health and data reports Safety and customer experience > Learn about imaging, video, website > Learn about systems and resources > Develop highly transferable skills and spreadsheet software and behaviours > Develop your interpersonal and Next steps: On completion you may influencing skills Next steps: On completion you could consider going on to study a Level > Be able to deal with customer choose to progress onto a variety of 4 Apprenticeship in Data Analytics, conflict and challenge Apprenticeships, such as Level 3 Team Project Management or Software Leader or Level 4 Project Manager. Development. Alternatively, you could Next steps: On completion of the Alternatively, you could find full time go straight into full time employment. Level 2 Apprenticeship, you may employment. consider going on to study a Level Entry requirements: Every employer 3 Apprenticeship as a Team Leader/ Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry Supervisor or even a Level 4 is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you Apprenticeship in Project Management. requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English Alternatively, you could progress ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. straight into full time employment. and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help Entry requirements: Every employer provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either is different and therefore the entry you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- requirements can vary. As a guide, you prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Apprenticeship or during the delivery ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. and Maths and in some cases ICT. of your programme. However, we will work with you and Key information: provide additional support to help Key information: Location: Bradninch Court you achieve their requirements, either Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 18 months prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Duration: 18 months Level: 3 Level: 3 Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 2/3

149 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Business and Professional Services.

Human Resources (HR) Support Team Leader/Supervisor Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

HR Professionals work as part of the function of a business This Apprenticeship is suitable for those in a first charged with recruiting, training and managing benefits and line management role, with operational and project records. You will handle day-to-day queries, providing front responsibilities or responsibility for managing a team. You line support to managers and employees. will provide direction, instruction and guidance to ensure the achievement of set goals. You will: > Learn how to handle enquiries and provide HR advice You will: > Develop your communication skills > Learn how to provide guidance to a team > Learn a range of recruitment processes > Learn how lead and manage a team > Learn about HR policies and law > Learn how to lead the achievement of goals within a team > Be able to apply for Associate Membership of CIPD Next steps: On completion you can progress to the Level 4 Next steps: On completion you can progress onto the Level Associate Project Manager Apprenticeship or progress in to 5 HR Consultant/Partner Apprenticeship or into full time full time employment as a Supervisor, Team Leader, Project employment. Officer, Shift Supervisor and more. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. or during the delivery of your programme. Key information: Key information: Location: Victoria House Location: Victoria House Duration: Up to 2 years Duration: 18 months Level: 3 Level: 3

We have a new Apprenticeship Hub on Queen Street.

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 150 Apprenticeships

Construction and Trades.

Bricklaying Bench Joinery or Site Electrical Installation Level 2/3 Apprenticeship Carpentry Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship This practical Apprenticeship will This is an in-depth, practical course that will equip you with all the skills provide you with the skills needed Our Apprenticeships in wood required to become a qualified to work in bricklaying and masonry, occupations offer a strong basis to electrician or electrical contractor. within the booming construction help you develop your career in Site industry. Carpentry or Bench Joinery. You will: > Plan, prepare and install wiring You will: You will: systems and associated equipment > Gain a range of practical skills and > Gain knowledge and skills in basic in buildings knowledge, such as cavity walling, woodworking joints, maintenance building basic masonry structures and use of hand tools, and the > Terminate and connect conductors, and masonry cladding preparation and use of portable cables and flexible cords in > Access our fantastic facilities in a power tools electrical systems purpose-built construction centre > Develop your knowledge of Health > Inspect, test, commission and > Benefit from our extensive links and Safety requirements and safe certify electro-technical systems with both large construction working practices and equipment companies and smaller traders > Create complex structural > Learn how to oversee and organise > Develop an in depth understanding carcassing components and install the work environment, ensuring of Health and Safety, construction first and second fixings compliance with Health and Safety requirements technology and building methods > Learn about construction Next steps: On completion of the Level technology and building methods Next steps: On completion of the Level 2 Apprenticeship you can move onto > Gain qualifications that prove 3 Apprenticeship you will be qualified the Level 3 programme. After this, you can carry out your job to the to trade as a professional Electrician. you will be fully qualified to industry required standard You may go on to work as a part of a standard. You may go on to work for firm or as a self-employed Electrician. Next steps: You may progress to the a contractor or as a self-employed Level 3 Apprenticeship or study a Level Entry requirements: Every employer bricklayer. You could also progress 3 Diploma in Construction. This could is different and therefore the entry to further study that could lead to a lead you to university level study or on requirements can vary. As a guide, you career in construction management. to a role as a site supervisor. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English Entry requirements: Every employer and Maths and in some cases ICT. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry However, we will work with you and is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you provide additional support to help requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English you achieve their requirements, either ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and Apprenticeship or during the delivery However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help of your programme. provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either you achieve their requirements, either Key information: prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Location: Devon and Exeter Apprenticeship or during the delivery Apprenticeship or during the delivery Construction Centre of your programme. An interest in the of your programme. An interest in the Duration: 36 months industry is essential. You will need to industry is essential. You will need to Level: 2/3 complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship. Apprenticeship. Key information: Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Location: Devon and Exeter Construction Centre Construction Centre Duration: 30 months Duration: 12-30 months Level: 2/3 Level: 2/3

151 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Construction and Trades.

Painting and Decorating Plumbing Construction Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

In this Apprenticeship you will work in This qualification offers a practical If you are planning a career domestic and commercial properties, approach and a solid basis for within the construction and the undertaking the decoration and anyone wishing to develop a career built environment sector, this protection of buildings. in plumbing. Apprenticeship gives you a head start. It could lead into a junior construction You will: You will: technician role, working for a large > Be trained to meet industry > Gain practical skills and knowledge construction company, a local council/ standards of access equipment and working local authority or estate management. platforms > Cover all the required foundation > Learn how to apply paint systems skills, including domestic piping, You will: by brush and roller the domestic water system, > Gain a broad introduction to the construction industry > Develop skills, such as preparation soldering and Health and Safety of surfaces, applying standard > Work in the excellent facilities at > Cover topics, such as construction papers to walls and ceilings and our Construction Centre technology, surveying and structural mechanics producing specialist decorative > Consider more advanced and work complex areas, such as gas > Learn about safe working practices > Complete the Level 2 Diploma - safety, pressurised hot water and > Benefit from our links with large Painting and Decorating Technical water regulations on the Level 3 employers in Devon Certificate as well as your National Apprenticeship > Visit large building projects in the Vocational Qualification (NVQ) Next steps: On completion of the Exeter area Next steps: On completion you can Level 3 Apprenticeship you will be a Next steps: You could go on progress into a successful Painting fully qualified plumber, able to work to study at university level, for and Decorating career. You may on the installation and maintenance example, a Construction and the work as a part of a firm or as a self- of gas boilers. Built Environment Level 4 National employed decorator. Entry requirements: Every employer Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship at Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry Exeter College or progress in to full is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, time employment. requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in Entry requirements: Every employer you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases is different and therefore the entry English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you requirements can vary. As a guide, you ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, and Maths and in some cases ICT. help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship However, we will work with you and either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during provide additional support to help via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the the delivery of your programme. You you achieve their requirements, either delivery of your programme. You need will need to complete the Level 2 prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- to have a real interest in painting and Apprenticeship before progressing to Apprenticeship or during the delivery decorating. the Level 3 Apprenticeship. of your programme. An interest in the Key information: Key information: industry is essential and you must be Location: Devon and Exeter Location: Devon and Exeter employed as a trainee construction Construction Centre Construction Centre technician. Duration: 36 months Duration: 30 months Key information: Level: 2 Level: 2/3 Location: Devon and Exeter Construction Centre Duration: 48 months Level: 3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 152 Apprenticeships

Construction and Trades. Data and Science.

Civil Engineering Laboratory Technician Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

Deal with the design, construction and maintenance of the This Apprenticeship teaches you the skills needed to work built environment and infrastructure. This Apprenticeship in a laboratory setting, providing testing and technical, could lead into a junior civil engineering role working for a scientific and analytical support in a scientific environment. large civil engineering company, a local council or even one You will: of the large water authorities or transport providers. > Perform laboratory tasks following specified You will: methodologies > Gain a broad introduction to construction and civil > Understand and follow quality procedures to meet the engineering requirements of quality standards > Cover topics such as civil engineering technology, > Prepare for laboratory tasks using the appropriate surveying and structural mechanics scientific techniques, procedures and methods > Learn about safe working practices > Produce reliable, accurate data of laboratory work > Benefit from our links with employers in Devon undertaken > Visit large building projects in the Exeter area Next steps: On completion you could become a competent Next steps: You could progress to our Level 4 Civil Laboratory Technician and gain employment in a variety of Engineering Apprenticeship or in to full time employment as specialised laboratories; from pharmaceuticals, health and a Junior Civil Engineer. science, to testing for private companies and the military. Entry requirements: Every employer is different and Entry requirements: Every employer is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. An interest in or during the delivery of your programme. You must have the industry is essential and you must be employed as a an interest and desire to learn in a scientific setting and be trainee civil engineer. prepared to participate in all college sessions. Key information: Key information: Location: Devon and Exeter Construction Centre Location: Maths and Science Centre Duration: 36 months Duration: 24 months Level: 3 Level: 3

Each year we host an Apprenticeship Expo - the perfect event to find out more about starting your Apprenticeship journey - see the website for details.

153 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Education and Early Years.

Children and Young Supporting Teaching Early Years Educator People’s Workforce and Learning in Schools Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment working directly in Early This Apprenticeship prepares you for This Apprenticeship will help you kick Years in an unsupervised key worker employment working directly with start your career as a supervised role. young children in pre-school. teaching assistant within a school environment, supporting student You Will: You will: learning. > Use your own initiative to plan and > Study a range of topics that relate organise your own work in the role to your role, such as creative You will: of a nursery nurse activities, child development, > Learn the skills required to support working as part of a team and duty children and young people in a > Learn how to support children to of care school environment develop numeracy and language skills > Learn how to support children and > Learn about child development and young people’s positive behaviour safeguarding childrens’ welfare > Ensure each child is safe and feels secure in their environment > Complete a paediatric first aid > Understand how to develop yourself course to the benefit of the children and Next steps: On successful completion > Benefit from our excellent links with young people you will be working you could go on to complete a Level a range of employers with 5 Apprenticeship as a Children, > Benefit from our working links with Young People and Families manager. Next steps: On completion you could schools in the area Alternatively, you could progress progress directly into the workplace directly into the workplace as an Early as a nursery or preschool assistant in Next steps: On competition, you can Years Educator/Nursery Nurse in line line with the Early Years Foundation move into full time employment or with the Early Years Foundation Stage Stage Standards. Alternatively, you progress onto further study. Following Standards. may choose to go on to a Level 3 Early Level 2, you are able to continue onto Years Educator Apprenticeship. the Level 3 programme and then onto Entry requirements: Every employer the Level 5 Children, Young People and is different and therefore the entry Entry requirements: Every employer Families Manager Apprenticeship. requirements can vary. As a guide, is different and therefore the entry you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in requirements can vary. As a guide, you Entry requirements: Every employer English and Maths and in some cases ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English is different and therefore the entry ICT. However, we will work with you and Maths and in some cases ICT. requirements can vary. As a guide, you and provide additional support to However, we will work with you and ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English help you achieve their requirements, provide additional support to help and Maths and in some cases ICT. either prior to your Apprenticeship you achieve their requirements, either However, we will work with you and via a pre-Apprenticeship or during prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- provide additional support to help the delivery of your programme. You Apprenticeship or during the delivery you achieve their requirements, either need patience, understanding, and a of your programme. You need patience, prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- strong desire to work with people and understanding, a strong desire to work Apprenticeship or during the delivery good communication skills. You will be with people and good communication of your programme. You need patience, required to complete a Disclosure and skills. You will be required to complete understanding, a strong desire to work Barring Service (DBS) check for your a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) with people and good communication employer. check for your employer. skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) Key information: Key information: check for your employer. Location: Hele Road site Location: Hele Road site Duration: 24 months Duration: Minimum of 12 Months Key information: Level: 3 Level: 2 Location: Hele Road site Duration: 22 months Level: 2/3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 154 Apprenticeships

Engineering, Aerospace and Manufacturing. Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure.

Engineering Technician Outdoor Activity Instructor Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

If you join this Apprenticeship, you will gain practical This Apprenticeship is designed for individuals who wish to experience in a wide range of engineering processes. gain a broad, but solid foundation in adventurous activities, You may be working in a range of disciplines, such as leadership and coaching. It is particularly suited to those engineering maintenance, mechanical manufacturing, with a passion and enthusiasm for instructing and leading fabrication and welding, quality control or technical people in the outdoors through adventurous activities. support. You will: You will: > Develop skills related to activity leadership, for example, > Develop your practical workplace skills relevant to your health and safety, session planning and safeguarding job role > Receive technical skills training (depending on your > Understand the theory behind these skills and learn how employer’s activity provision) in kayaking, canoeing, to translate engineering terms on to paper problem solving, orienteering, mountain biking, sailing, > Learn how to work safely and efficiently in an caving, mountain leadership and archery engineering environment > Lead and coach land and water based outdoor > Use industry leading equipment in areas, such as adventurous activities automation or CAD/CAM > Study for national governing and awarding body > Develop numeracy, literacy and IT skills leadership and coaching qualifications (for example, Paddle Sports Coach, Mountain Bike Leader and First Aid) Next steps: On completion you can progress to a Level 4 National Certificate (HNC) Apprenticeship or progress in to Next steps: The work experience you will have gained will full time employment. kick start your career so you can go into further training and employment. You could work in job roles, such as Entry requirements: Every employer is different and Outdoor Activity Coach, Activity Leader or more specialised therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you roles such as a climbing instructor. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Entry requirements: Every employer is different and additional support to help you achieve their requirements, therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in or during the delivery of your programme. You should have some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide a strong interest in engineering. additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship Key information: or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be Location: Technology Centre employed and have a keen interest in outdoor adventurous Duration: 42 months activities and working in the outdoors with children, Level: 3 teenagers and adults in all types of outdoor environments and weather conditions etc. Key information: Location: Haven Banks OEC Duration: 12 months Level: 3

Greg “An Apprenticeship gave me a really good balance between work and learning, as well as a salary. It’s a lot of fun.” Level 3 Engineering Technician Apprenticeship - Robolights, Exeter

155 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure.

Exercise and Fitness Supporting Teaching and Learning in Level 2 Apprenticeship Physical Education Level 2/3 Apprenticeship This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to you if you have a passion and enthusiasm for working with people in the The Apprenticeship is ideal if you are keen to support fitness and recreation sector. You will learn to instruct gym and coach young people in a school or educational based fitness sessions and help others meet their fitness environment. It will ensure you become a valued member goals. of the team within the Physical Education departments You will: of schools or colleges. You will be responsible for the > Gain a qualification in Health and Fitness, along with development of high quality physical activity sessions for gym based fitness instruction children. > Maintain and complete a professional development You will: portfolio > Receive training to ensure you can facilitate > Develop your knowledge and practical skills to help community based sport and physical activity individuals develop their own skills and fitness goals > Learn how to deliver Physical Education and school > Participate in a range of sports and exercise sport programmes with clear curriculum links and > Learn how to carry out gym inductions, instruct progression customers on how to use equipment and advise on > Research how schools operate and how physical healthy active living activity influences education Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you progress onto > Provide Key Stage 1 and 2 pupils with a better a Level 3 Apprenticeship in personal training or Outdoor experience/engagement of Physical Education and Activity Leadership. Alternatively, you may progress into school sport activities employment as a gym instructor, schools support sports > Be able to ensure Physical Education and school coach, or other role in a sports facility or health and fitness sport activity programmes (including curricular and centre. extracurricular activities) are delivered to meet the low risk areas of the National Curriculum for Physical Entry requirements: Every employer is different and Education therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in Next steps: This Apprenticeship will help you sustain some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide employment in a Physical Education department in a school additional support to help you achieve their requirements, or college or you could go on to further university level either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship studies. or during the delivery of your programme. You need to have Entry requirements: Every employer is different and a keen interest in exercise and fitness and working in the therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you community. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in Key information: some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Location: Victoria House additional support to help you achieve their requirements, Duration: 12 months either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship Level: 2 or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in physical activity and sport and working with children and young people in all types of indoor and outdoor environments. Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: 12 months Level: 2/3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 156 Apprenticeships

Fitness, Activity Leadership and Leisure

Personal Training - Health and Leisure Operations and Management Fitness (Gym Based) Level 2/3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship Leisure Operations and Leisure Management is for those working in, or aspiring to be working in, the leisure and This Apprenticeship is particularly suited to those recreation industry and are looking to progress into employed in the Active/Exercise and Fitness industry, with management. a passion for working with people in a gym environment and providing more advanced fitness training programmes. You will: You will prepare fitness programmes, instruct, monitor and > Gain an in-depth understanding of the active leisure and support clients to reach their fitness plan expectations and recreation industry goals. > Gain hands on experience dealing with customers You will: in various situations, from facility health and safety > Learn how to effectively communicate with a client checks and preparation and clearing of activity areas to understand their current fitness level and desired to customer services and assisting with and providing outcome instructions on activity sessions. As well as various administration duties (from dealing with memberships, > Gain hands on experience in a gym with clients, completing and checking booking forms, taking developing and delivering more individual, tailored payments, basic maintenance duties and equipment fitness programmes and classes audit checks, to helping deal with emergencies and > Develop the knowledge needed to build bespoke incidents within the centre). The working duties and programmes to help clients reach their fitness goals experience will be determined by the facility you are > Instruct effectively through good leadership and clear working in speech > Complete additional qualifications depending on Next steps: Gain employment or become a self-employed experience, location and employer needs Personal Trainer in a Gym/Sports or Leisure Centre. Next steps: You will initially complete the Level 2 Entry requirements: Every employer is different and Apprenticeship in Leisure Operations and on successful therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you completion you can progress on to the Level 3 ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in Apprenticeship in Leisure Management or move in to full some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide time employment. additional support to help you achieve their requirements, Entry requirements: Every employer is different and either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you or during the delivery of your programme. You must have ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in gained the Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instructing (Gym some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Based) qualification as part of the previous Apprenticeship additional support to help you achieve their requirements, programme, and gained the required additional experience either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship of working in a gym with different types of client groups. or during the delivery of your programme. You need to be employed and have a keen interest in developing personal training programmes for individuals Key information: and groups. Location: Exeter and across the south west Duration: 18 months Key information: Level: 2 Location: Victoria House Duration: 18 months Level: 3 Ben

“When you pick a course that you have a real interest in, it makes learning so much easier. It was really nice to be part of a group of like-minded people who all have similar interests and want to use the course to develop themselves professionally, while applying their new found knowledge in the workplace.” Level 3 Personal Training Apprenticeship - University of Exeter

157 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Hairdressing and Barbering.

Barbering Hairdressing Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship is designed for If you want to turn your passion learners who would like to pursue a for hairdressing into a career, this career in cutting, dressing, grooming, Apprenticeship will help you develop styling and shaving male hair. You will the hairdressing skills required to learn the practical skills necessary succeed in the industry. to become a successful barber, while You will: developing a creative eye and keen > Develop a range of colouring interest in trends and developments in techniques the industry. > Learn a variety of hair cutting You will: techniques > Advise and consult with clients > Perm and neutralise hair > Shampoo, condition and treat the > Advise and consult with clients hair and scalp > Develop and maintain your > Develop and maintain your effectiveness at work effectiveness at work > Style and finish hair > Cut men’s hair using basic techniques > Creatively style and dress hair > Cut facial hair to shape using basic > Set and dress hair techniques > Shampoo, condition and treat the > Create basic outlines and detailing hair and scalp in hair > Work in our welcoming centre with > Assist with shaving services professional hairdressing salons, beauty salons and spa Next steps: You could progress to the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Barbering or Next steps: You could progress to the progress directly into a full time career Level 3 Apprenticeship or progress in the industry. directly into a full time career in the industry. There are many different Entry requirements: Every employer opportunities for you to work in is different and therefore the entry different sectors, such as theatre, TV, requirements can vary. As a guide, you cruise liners or specialist career paths. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. Entry requirements: Every employer However, we will work with you and is different and therefore the entry provide additional support to help requirements can vary. As a guide, you you achieve their requirements, either ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- and Maths and in some cases ICT. Apprenticeship or during the delivery However, we will work with you and of your programme. You should provide additional support to help have a passion for barbering and be you achieve their requirements, either employed in the industry. prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Apprenticeship or during the delivery Key information: of your programme. You should have Location: Laurence Building a passion for hairdressing and be Duration: 18 months employed in the industry. Level: 2 Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: 24 months Level: 2/3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 158 Apprenticeships

Health and Care.

Healthcare Support Clinical Health Support Adult Care Worker Worker Worker Level 2/3 Apprenticeship Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship This Apprenticeship prepares you for employment in the health or the social This Apprenticeship prepares you for In this Apprenticeship you will care for care sector, providing frontline care for a career in providing high quality and those who cannot care for themselves, vulnerable adults. compassionate clinical healthcare for whilst taking on more responsibility in a wide range of people. your workplace. You will: > Develop your skills in You will: You will: communication > Develop your skills in > Understand the principles of communication, learn how to infection prevention and control > Learn to put people at the heart of all strategies provide a clinical environment and > Promote communication in health, take physical measurements social care or children’s and young > Learn about wellbeing, health > Learn about wellbeing, infection people’s settings and safety and safeguarding of individuals control, health and safety and > Understand mental health safeguarding of individuals problems, such as the process and > Benefit from our extensive links > Benefit from our great links with experience of dementia with employers employers > Promote and implement Health > Choose options from moving and handling, infection control, Next steps: On successful completion and Safety, as well as equality and awareness of mental health or of the Level 2 Apprenticeship, you inclusion within health and social supporting individuals with a could progress directly into the care settings learning disability workplace as a healthcare assistant Next steps: On successful completion > Learn to exercise judgment and in line with the NHS guidelines. of the Level 3 Apprenticeship, you accountability Alternatively, you may choose to go could progress directly into the on to a Level 3 Clinical Healthcare workplace as a healthcare worker Next steps: On completion you could Apprenticeship, which could lead you in line with the NHS guidelines. progress directly into the workplace on to university level education or a Alternatively, you may choose to go as a care assistant in line with the higher level Apprenticeship. on to university level education or a National Minimum Care Standards. Entry requirements: Every employer higher level Apprenticeship. Alternatively, you may choose to go on to a Level 3 Lead Adult Care Worker is different and therefore the entry Entry requirements: Every employer Apprenticeship. requirements can vary. As a guide, you is different and therefore the entry ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English requirements can vary. As a guide, you Entry requirements: Every employer and Maths and in some cases ICT. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English is different and therefore the entry However, we will work with you and and Maths and in some cases ICT. requirements can vary. As a guide, you provide additional support to help However, we will work with you and ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English you achieve their requirements, either provide additional support to help and Maths and in some cases ICT. prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- you achieve their requirements, either However, we will work with you and Apprenticeship or during the delivery prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- provide additional support to help of your programme. You need patience, Apprenticeship or during the delivery you achieve their requirements, either understanding, a strong desire to work of your programme. You need patience, prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- with people and good communication understanding, a strong desire to work Apprenticeship or during the delivery skills. You will be required to complete with people and good communication of your programme. You need patience, a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) skills. You will be required to complete understanding, a strong desire to work check for your employer. a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) with people and good communication Key information: check for your employer. skills. You will be required to complete a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) Location: Hele Road site Key information: check for your employer. Duration: 12 months Location: Hele Road site Level: 2 Duration: 24 months Key information: Level: 3 Location: Hele Road site Duration: 12 months Level: 2/3

159 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Hospitality and Catering.

Dental Nursing Hospitality Team Commis Chef Level 3 Apprenticeship Member Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 2 Apprenticeship This Apprenticeship provides you A commis chef will learn and with the knowledge and good working understand how to carry out the Our practical approach on this practice needed to become a dental basic functions in every section of Apprenticeship enables you to train nurse. the kitchen. Therefore having the in all areas of the hospitality industry, opportunity to experience, consider You will: from housekeeping to kitchen work. and value each section with a view to > Become fully competent in dental You will: choosing an area where they feel most nursing by developing your skills in > Study food and drink service, food inspired. chair-side support, while providing preparation and cooking assistance with a range of dental You will: treatments > Cover roles such as front office and > Focus on the many different housekeeping > Learn about various aspects of techniques involved in becoming a > Learn about maintaining a safe, dental nursing, including first aid, chef hygienic and secure working dental procedures and contributing > Learn how to maintain food safety environment to the production of dental images when storing, preparing and > Benefit from our working links with > Benefit from our extensive links cooking food a range of hospitality employers in with employers > Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, Devon meat, poultry and vegetables dishes Next steps: On completion you could > Create a positive impression of > Prepare hot sauces, dressings, progress directly into the workplace yourself and your organisation as a dental nurse. Alternatively, you soups and hot and cold desserts Next steps: On completion you can may choose to go on to university Next steps: On completion you can progress to the Level 3 Hospitality level education to study for a career in progress on to the Level 3 Chef de Supervisor Apprenticeship and go on dental hygiene. Partie Apprenticeship. Our students to further management training. Entry requirements: Every employer have gone on to win national awards is different and therefore the entry Entry requirements: Every employer and to work for various chefs, such requirements can vary. As a guide, you is different and therefore the entry as Jamie Oliver in London and ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English requirements can vary. As a guide, you Amsterdam. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. Entry requirements: Every employer and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and is different and therefore the entry However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help requirements can vary. As a guide, you provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, either ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English you achieve their requirements, either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- and Maths and in some cases ICT. prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Apprenticeship or during the delivery However, we will work with you and Apprenticeship or during the delivery of your programme. You need patience, provide additional support to help of your programme. understanding, a strong desire to work you achieve their requirements, either with people and good communication Key information: prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- skills. You will be required to complete Location: Hele Road site Apprenticeship or during the delivery a Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) Duration: 18 months of your programme. check for your employer. Level: 2 Key information: Key information: Location: Laurence Building Location: Hele Road site Duration: 18 months Duration: 18 months Level: 2 Level: 3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 160 Apprenticeships

Hospitality and Catering.

Chef de Partie Hospitality Supervisor Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

A Chef De Partie will learn advanced cooking techniques To study this Apprenticeship you will need to be in a and is responsible for running a specific section of the supervisory role in the hospitality and catering industry kitchen. and will develop your leadership skills and management responsibilities. You will: > Focus on developing more advanced techniques as a You will: chef > Learn how to maintain the health, hygiene, safety and > Contribute to developing menus and dishes security of the working environment > Prepare, cook and finish basic fish, meat, poultry and > Choose from options relating to your role, such as vegetables dishes units in supervising food and drink service, leading and managing meetings and managing the environmental > Prepare hot sauces, dressings, soups, and hot and cold impact of work activities desserts > Learn the principles of leading a team in the hospitality Next steps: On completion you can progress to a Level industry 4 Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management as a kitchen manager or head chef, or progress in to full time Next steps: On completion you should be working in a Team employment. Leader role and you will have the knowledge to climb the career ladder within hospitality management. This may lead Entry requirements: Every employer is different and to a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Hospitality Management or therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you progression in to full time employment. ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Entry requirements: Every employer is different and additional support to help you achieve their requirements, therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in or during the delivery of your programme. some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, Key information: either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship Location: Laurence Building or during the delivery of your programme. You will also Duration: 18 months need a hospitality services qualification at Level 2 and will Level: 3 need to complete an initial assessment at college as part of the application process. Key information: Location: Laurence Building Duration: Up to 18 months Level: 3

Joey

“I’ve always wanted to understand the kitchen side of things and taking a Commis Chef Apprenticeship gives me a better understanding of the business as a whole.” Level 2 Commis Chef Apprenticeship - Samuel Jones (St Austell Brewery)

161 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Digital and Technology.

Infrastructure Technician Software Development Technician Level 3 Apprenticeship Level 3 Apprenticeship

This Apprenticeship will teach you how to set people up This Apprenticeship will teach you to build simple on IT systems, provide support and solve problems to help applications for use in larger software, such as web, mobile organisations to run more smoothly. or desktop applications. You will: You will: > Cover topics, such as networking and architecture, > Build and test code for discreet software components mobile operating systems, coding and cloud services. > Work as part of a larger team > Learn about business processes > Learn to interpret design requirements > Support both internal and external customers > Learn to implement code that other team members have > Help customers to be productive when using technology developed in their own jobs > Develop problem solving skills > Learn how to use tools to problem solve and trouble Next steps: On completion of the you could go onto jobs shoot non-routine problems such as Software Development Technician, Junior Developer, > Set people up on systems to help maintain an Junior Web Developer, Junior App Developer, Junior Mobile organisation’s productivity App Developer, Junior Software Developer or progress onto Next steps: On completion you could progress onto a Level a Level 4 Apprenticeship in Software Development. 4 Apprenticeship such as a Software Developer. You may Entry requirements: Every employer is different and also go into full time employment in jobs such as Network therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you Support, Help Desk Technician, First or Second Line Support ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in or IT Infrastructure Technician. some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Entry requirements: Every employer is different and additional support to help you achieve their requirements, therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, you either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and Maths and in or during the delivery of your programme. some cases ICT. However, we will work with you and provide Key information: additional support to help you achieve their requirements, Location: Victoria House either prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre-Apprenticeship Duration: 18 months or during the delivery of your programme. Level: 3 Key information: Location: Victoria House Duration: 18 months Level: 3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 162 Apprenticeships

Motor Vehicle, Transport and Logistics.

Large Goods Vehicle Warehousing Operative Light Vehicle Driver Level 2 Apprenticeship Maintenance and Repair Level 2 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship This Apprenticeship allows you to undertake a range of duties as a Driving Apprentices work This Apprenticeship combines warehouse operative. You will be independently, making deliveries to technical, retail and customer service working as part of a team, but need warehouses, distribution outlets, skills, in a unique, skill-packed to be confident in working alone and shops and private homes and requires Apprenticeship. will be required to safely use a range you to be prepared to work away from of equipment, machinery and vehicle, You will: your base, occasionally overnight. You such as forklift trucks. > Carry out a range of services on will be responsible for your vehicle and cars, car derived vans and other load and will keep accurate records. You will: light vehicles > Receive an ITSSAR Forklift Training You will: certificate and card as part of your > Learn to deal with customer > Gain CAT C and C&E Lorry Training Apprenticeship complaints in the best way and > Learn how to prepare the vehicle for increase company communication > Get full Health and Safety at work driving training > Learn to carry out vehicle safety > Learn how to drive a heavy goods checks and routine maintenance on > Learn how to wrap and pack goods vehicle on public roads in a safe light vehicles > Learn to assemble, process, receive and fuel efficient manner > Study new topics such as 4 wheel and dispatch goods > Plan a route and timings for the geometry principles and general collection and delivery of goods > Receive manual handling training sales principles > Make an effective contribution to a Next steps: This Apprenticeship could > Learn the fundamentals of business in the logistics sector lead to a senior warehousing role or specific vehicle systems including > Be able to choose the type of you could move onto the Level 3 Team steering and suspension, braking vehicle for your training Leader Apprenticeship to take on more systems, battery and charging responsibility in your workplace. systems, exhaust systems and air- Next steps: On completion of this conditioning systems Level 2 Apprenticeship you could Entry requirements: Every employer > Work on a modern fleet of vehicles progress into a career as a Large is different and therefore the entry using the latest equipment Goods Vehicle Driver. requirements can vary. As a guide, you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English Next steps: On completion of the Level Entry requirements: Every employer and Maths and in some cases ICT. 2 Apprenticeship you could progress to is different and therefore the entry However, we will work with you and the Level 3 Light Vehicle Maintenance requirements can vary. As a guide, provide additional support to help and Repair Apprenticeship. When you you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in you achieve their requirements, either are fully qualified, you could become a English and Maths and in some cases prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- service manager or master technician. ICT. However, we will work with you Apprenticeship or during the delivery and provide additional support to of your programme. Entry requirements: Every employer help you achieve their requirements, is different and therefore the entry either prior to your Apprenticeship Key information: requirements can vary. As a guide, via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the Location: Transplant Mastertrain you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in delivery of your programme. You must Duration: 18 months English and Maths and in some cases also already have the ‘B’ class driving Level: 2 ICT. However, we will work with you licence for this Apprenticeship. and provide additional support to help you achieve their requirements, Key information: either prior to your Apprenticeship Location: Transplant Mastertrain via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the Duration: 12 months delivery of your programme. You must Level: 2 have an interest and desire to learn and understand electrical systems and be prepared to participate in all college sessions. You will need to complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship before progressing to the Level 3 Apprenticeship. Key information: Location: Technology Centre Duration: 36 months Level: 2/3

163 Motor Vehicle, Transport and Logistics.

Heavy Vehicle Vehicle Body Repair and Maintenance and Repair Body Refinishing Level 2/3 Apprenticeship Level 2/3 Apprenticeship

These Apprenticeships are ideal if you This Apprenticeship is for you if have an interest in diesel systems and you are looking for a career in the a desire to develop a career in the automotive body repair and/or heavy vehicle automotive industry, refinishing industry, working with working on trucks and lorries. vehicles that have been damaged in accidents or need repainting. You will: > Learn to explain the features of You will: heavy vehicle chassis, engine, > Take units tailored to the needs of transmission and electrical systems your employer > Develop the skills and competence > Be able to choose to focus on to replace heavy vehicle body repair, body refinishing or components mechanical, electrical and trim > Cover generic, work related topics, > Learn to repair and replace non- including health and safety, working structural vehicle panels and/ relationships and bench fitting or prepare vehicle panels for > Work on new DAF trucks in fantastic application of foundation and facilities at our Technology Centre topcoat paints > Improve your understanding of Next steps: On completion you could health and safety progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship or move in to full time employment > Use our electronic Car-O-Liner jig and become a service manager. and inverter welding machine > Benefit from our extensive links Entry requirements: Every employer with employers is different and therefore the entry requirements can vary. As a guide, Next steps: On completion you could you ideally need GCSE grade 4 in progress to the Level 3 Apprenticeship. English and Maths and in some cases Once fully qualified, you could work ICT. However, we will work with you towards becoming a supervisor or and provide additional support to an estimator within the vehicle body help you achieve their requirements, repair trade. either prior to your Apprenticeship Entry requirements: Every employer via a pre-Apprenticeship or during the is different and therefore the entry delivery of your programme. You must requirements can vary. As a guide, you have an interest and desire to learn ideally need GCSE grade 4 in English and understand electrical systems and Maths and in some cases ICT. and be prepared to participate in all However, we will work with you and college sessions. You will need to provide additional support to help complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship you achieve their requirements, either before progressing to the Level 3 prior to your Apprenticeship via a pre- Apprenticeship. Apprenticeship or during the delivery Key information: of your programme. You will need to Location: Technology Centre complete the Level 2 Apprenticeship Duration: 36 months before progressing to the Level 3 Level: 2/3 Apprenticeship. Key information: Location: Technology Centre Duration: 24 months Level: 2/3

Open Events are held throughout the year, see page 3 for details. 164 Index. For course indexes see pages 1-2 or 39-40.

A Academies 47-48 J JAx - Journalism Academy 48 A Levels 02, 35-36, 38,43-44 Alumni 30 L Languages courses 113-115 Applying 33-36 Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) 13 Apprenticeships 145-164 Learning support 25 Apprenticeship support 26 Levels 35-36 Art and Design courses 49-55 Life at college 08 Art facilities 14 Locations 19-20 Automotive courses 56-58 Maps 19-20 Automotive facilities 15 M Mathematics courses 117-119 B Begin your journey 21-22 Maths and science facilities 16 BTEC qualifications 01-02, 35-36, 37-38, 40 Media and Film courses 120-124 Business courses 59-62 Michael Caines Academy 47 Money matters 26 C Cafes 13 Music Academy 47 Centre for Creative Industries (CCI) 14 Music courses 125-128 Centre for Music and Performance 14 Music facilities 14 Childcare 26 Clubs 11 O Open Events 03 College Advice Team (CATs) 33 Other pathways to get you started 46 Construction and the Built Environment courses 63-67 Our exceptional students 06 Construction facilities 15 Outdoor Adventure courses 135 Courses by level 37-38 Performing Arts Academy 48 Course fees 26 P Preparation for your next steps 29 Course index by area of study 01-02 Progression and employability 29 D Dance, Drama, Performance and Production courses 68-72 Parents and guardians 27-28 Principal’s welcome 04 E Engineering and Aerospace courses 73-75 Engineering facilities 15 R Reach Academy 48 English and maths 39 Restaurants 13 English Language and Literature courses 76-77 S Science courses 129-132 Enrichment 11 Spark Radio 14 Exeter Chiefs Rugby Academy 47 Sports Academy 47 Exeter College’s Students Union (ECSU) 09-10 Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Adventure courses 133-140 Extend 45 Sports facilities 17-18 Support 25-26 F Facilities 12-18 Financial support 26 Technology Centre 15 Find out more 33 T Timetables 08 Flying Start 39 Travel 21-22 Foundation Learning and Support courses 78-83 Travel and Tourism courses 141-144 From school to college in 5 easy steps 31-32 Vocational and technical full time programmes 40 Gym 18 V G Welfare and wellbeing 25-28 GCSE grading 39 W Where to start? 35-36 H Hair and beauty facilities 16 Hairdressing, Beauty and Media Make-Up courses 85-90 Working together 27-28 Healthcare, Childcare and Public Services 91-95 Your day 08 Haven Banks Outdoor Education Centre 18 Y Your first choice college 05 Hospitality and Catering courses 96-99 Your opportunities (Enrichment) 11 Hospitality facilities 16 Humanities courses 100-104

I Information Technology courses 105-110 International Baccalaureate 45, 111-112 International college 23-24 Interviews 31, 34 It’s your college (Students Union) 09-10

165 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk Open Events.

Discover your local Ofsted Outstanding college.

All sites Thursday 17th October 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 20th November 2019, 5-8pm Wednesday 15th January 2020, 5-8pm

Exeter College Showcase 2020 Thursday 23rd April 2020, 4-7pm, Sports Hall All our courses under one roof - a one stop shop to find out what we have to offer, whether you are in Year 9 or 10, or in Year 11 and confirming your choice.

Specialist sites Falcon House (Construction) and Technology Centre (Engineering, Automotive and Aerospace) Tuesday 12th May 2020, 5-7pm

Apprenticeship Expo Thursday 6th February 2020, 1-6pm, Sports Hall

For more information on our open events, visit exe-coll.ac.uk or call 01392 400500

See you there!

We do everything possible to make sure that the information in our publications and on our website is correct. However, we may need to make changes to courses and resource fees at short notice, due to circumstances beyond our control. Please check course details and prices before you enrol. The college cannot be held responsible for any errors, omissions or changes. This prospectus can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English, please contact reception on 01392 400500 Hele Road, Exeter, Devon, EX4 4JS | 01392 400500 | exe-coll.ac.uk This guide can be made available in other formats or in languages other than English - please contact us

New! Save up to 50% off rail fares for 16 and 17 year olds, see page 21 for details.